|
@@ -0,0 +1,6139 @@
|
|
|
+diff -Nupr a/include/Qt/qatomic_avr32.h b/include/Qt/qatomic_avr32.h
|
|
|
+--- a/include/Qt/qatomic_avr32.h 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
|
|
|
++++ b/include/Qt/qatomic_avr32.h 2006-07-27 07:55:09.000000000 +0200
|
|
|
+@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
|
|
++#include "../../src/corelib/arch/qatomic_avr32.h"
|
|
|
+diff -Nupr a/include/QtCore/qatomic_avr32.h b/include/QtCore/qatomic_avr32.h
|
|
|
+--- a/include/QtCore/qatomic_avr32.h 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
|
|
|
++++ b/include/QtCore/qatomic_avr32.h 2006-07-27 07:55:28.000000000 +0200
|
|
|
+@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
|
|
++#include "../../src/corelib/arch/qatomic_avr32.h"
|
|
|
+diff -Nupr a/src/corelib/arch/arch.pri b/src/corelib/arch/arch.pri
|
|
|
+--- a/src/corelib/arch/arch.pri 2006-06-30 09:49:44.000000000 +0200
|
|
|
++++ b/src/corelib/arch/arch.pri 2006-07-26 11:03:43.000000000 +0200
|
|
|
+@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ mac:HEADERS += arch/qatomic_macosx.h \
|
|
|
+ arch/qatomic_generic.h \
|
|
|
+ arch/qatomic_powerpc.h \
|
|
|
+ arch/qatomic_arm.h \
|
|
|
++ arch/qatomic_avr32.h \
|
|
|
+ arch/qatomic_i386.h \
|
|
|
+ arch/qatomic_mips.h \
|
|
|
+ arch/qatomic_s390.h \
|
|
|
+diff -Nupr a/src/corelib/arch/avr32/arch.pri b/src/corelib/arch/avr32/arch.pri
|
|
|
+--- a/src/corelib/arch/avr32/arch.pri 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
|
|
|
++++ b/src/corelib/arch/avr32/arch.pri 2006-07-26 11:02:16.000000000 +0200
|
|
|
+@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
|
|
++#
|
|
|
++# AVR32 architecture
|
|
|
++#
|
|
|
++SOURCES += $$QT_ARCH_CPP/qatomic.cpp \
|
|
|
++ $$QT_ARCH_CPP/malloc.c
|
|
|
+diff -Nupr a/src/corelib/arch/avr32/malloc.c b/src/corelib/arch/avr32/malloc.c
|
|
|
+--- a/src/corelib/arch/avr32/malloc.c 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
|
|
|
++++ b/src/corelib/arch/avr32/malloc.c 2006-07-28 10:29:44.000000000 +0200
|
|
|
+@@ -0,0 +1,5819 @@
|
|
|
++/****************************************************************************
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** This file contains third party code which is not governed by the Qt
|
|
|
++** Commercial License Agreement. Please read the license headers below
|
|
|
++** for more information.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** Further information about Qt licensing is available at:
|
|
|
++** http://www.trolltech.com/products/qt/licensing.html or by
|
|
|
++** contacting info@trolltech.com.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
|
|
|
++** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* ---- config.h */
|
|
|
++#define KDE_MALLOC
|
|
|
++#define KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++#define KDE_MALLOC_AVR32
|
|
|
++/* ---- */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef KDE_MALLOC
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef KDE_MALLOC_DEBUG
|
|
|
++#define DEBUG
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define USE_MALLOC_LOCK
|
|
|
++#define INLINE __inline__
|
|
|
++/*#define INLINE*/
|
|
|
++#define USE_MEMCPY 0
|
|
|
++#define MMAP_CLEARS 1
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ This is a version (aka dlmalloc) of malloc/free/realloc written by
|
|
|
++ Doug Lea and released to the public domain. Use, modify, and
|
|
|
++ redistribute this code without permission or acknowledgment in any
|
|
|
++ way you wish. Send questions, comments, complaints, performance
|
|
|
++ data, etc to dl@cs.oswego.edu
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++* VERSION 2.7.0 Sun Mar 11 14:14:06 2001 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Note: There may be an updated version of this malloc obtainable at
|
|
|
++ ftp://gee.cs.oswego.edu/pub/misc/malloc.c
|
|
|
++ Check before installing!
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++* Quickstart
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ This library is all in one file to simplify the most common usage:
|
|
|
++ ftp it, compile it (-O), and link it into another program. All
|
|
|
++ of the compile-time options default to reasonable values for use on
|
|
|
++ most unix platforms. Compile -DWIN32 for reasonable defaults on windows.
|
|
|
++ You might later want to step through various compile-time and dynamic
|
|
|
++ tuning options.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ For convenience, an include file for code using this malloc is at:
|
|
|
++ ftp://gee.cs.oswego.edu/pub/misc/malloc-2.7.0.h
|
|
|
++ You don't really need this .h file unless you call functions not
|
|
|
++ defined in your system include files. The .h file contains only the
|
|
|
++ excerpts from this file needed for using this malloc on ANSI C/C++
|
|
|
++ systems, so long as you haven't changed compile-time options about
|
|
|
++ naming and tuning parameters. If you do, then you can create your
|
|
|
++ own malloc.h that does include all settings by cutting at the point
|
|
|
++ indicated below.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++* Why use this malloc?
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ This is not the fastest, most space-conserving, most portable, or
|
|
|
++ most tunable malloc ever written. However it is among the fastest
|
|
|
++ while also being among the most space-conserving, portable and tunable.
|
|
|
++ Consistent balance across these factors results in a good general-purpose
|
|
|
++ allocator for malloc-intensive programs.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The main properties of the algorithms are:
|
|
|
++ * For large (>= 512 bytes) requests, it is a pure best-fit allocator,
|
|
|
++ with ties normally decided via FIFO (i.e. least recently used).
|
|
|
++ * For small (<= 64 bytes by default) requests, it is a caching
|
|
|
++ allocator, that maintains pools of quickly recycled chunks.
|
|
|
++ * In between, and for combinations of large and small requests, it does
|
|
|
++ the best it can trying to meet both goals at once.
|
|
|
++ * For very large requests (>= 128KB by default), it relies on system
|
|
|
++ memory mapping facilities, if supported.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ For a longer but slightly out of date high-level description, see
|
|
|
++ http://gee.cs.oswego.edu/dl/html/malloc.html
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ You may already by default be using a C library containing a malloc
|
|
|
++ that is based on some version of this malloc (for example in
|
|
|
++ linux). You might still want to use the one in this file in order to
|
|
|
++ customize settings or to avoid overheads associated with library
|
|
|
++ versions.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++* Contents, described in more detail in "description of public routines" below.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Standard (ANSI/SVID/...) functions:
|
|
|
++ malloc(size_t n);
|
|
|
++ calloc(size_t n_elements, size_t element_size);
|
|
|
++ free(Void_t* p);
|
|
|
++ realloc(Void_t* p, size_t n);
|
|
|
++ memalign(size_t alignment, size_t n);
|
|
|
++ valloc(size_t n);
|
|
|
++ mallinfo()
|
|
|
++ mallopt(int parameter_number, int parameter_value)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Additional functions:
|
|
|
++ independent_calloc(size_t n_elements, size_t size, Void_t* chunks[]);
|
|
|
++ independent_comalloc(size_t n_elements, size_t sizes[], Void_t* chunks[]);
|
|
|
++ pvalloc(size_t n);
|
|
|
++ cfree(Void_t* p);
|
|
|
++ malloc_trim(size_t pad);
|
|
|
++ malloc_usable_size(Void_t* p);
|
|
|
++ malloc_stats();
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++* Vital statistics:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Supported pointer representation: 4 or 8 bytes
|
|
|
++ Supported size_t representation: 4 or 8 bytes
|
|
|
++ Note that size_t is allowed to be 4 bytes even if pointers are 8.
|
|
|
++ You can adjust this by defining INTERNAL_SIZE_T
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Alignment: 2 * sizeof(size_t) (default)
|
|
|
++ (i.e., 8 byte alignment with 4byte size_t). This suffices for
|
|
|
++ nearly all current machines and C compilers. However, you can
|
|
|
++ define MALLOC_ALIGNMENT to be wider than this if necessary.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Minimum overhead per allocated chunk: 4 or 8 bytes
|
|
|
++ Each malloced chunk has a hidden word of overhead holding size
|
|
|
++ and status information.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Minimum allocated size: 4-byte ptrs: 16 bytes (including 4 overhead)
|
|
|
++ 8-byte ptrs: 24/32 bytes (including, 4/8 overhead)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ When a chunk is freed, 12 (for 4byte ptrs) or 20 (for 8 byte
|
|
|
++ ptrs but 4 byte size) or 24 (for 8/8) additional bytes are
|
|
|
++ needed; 4 (8) for a trailing size field and 8 (16) bytes for
|
|
|
++ free list pointers. Thus, the minimum allocatable size is
|
|
|
++ 16/24/32 bytes.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Even a request for zero bytes (i.e., malloc(0)) returns a
|
|
|
++ pointer to something of the minimum allocatable size.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The maximum overhead wastage (i.e., number of extra bytes
|
|
|
++ allocated than were requested in malloc) is less than or equal
|
|
|
++ to the minimum size, except for requests >= mmap_threshold that
|
|
|
++ are serviced via mmap(), where the worst case wastage is 2 *
|
|
|
++ sizeof(size_t) bytes plus the remainder from a system page (the
|
|
|
++ minimal mmap unit); typically 4096 or 8192 bytes.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Maximum allocated size: 4-byte size_t: 2^32 minus about two pages
|
|
|
++ 8-byte size_t: 2^64 minus about two pages
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ It is assumed that (possibly signed) size_t values suffice to
|
|
|
++ represent chunk sizes. `Possibly signed' is due to the fact
|
|
|
++ that `size_t' may be defined on a system as either a signed or
|
|
|
++ an unsigned type. The ISO C standard says that it must be
|
|
|
++ unsigned, but a few systems are known not to adhere to this.
|
|
|
++ Additionally, even when size_t is unsigned, sbrk (which is by
|
|
|
++ default used to obtain memory from system) accepts signed
|
|
|
++ arguments, and may not be able to handle size_t-wide arguments
|
|
|
++ with negative sign bit. Generally, values that would
|
|
|
++ appear as negative after accounting for overhead and alignment
|
|
|
++ are supported only via mmap(), which does not have this
|
|
|
++ limitation.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Requests for sizes outside the allowed range will perform an optional
|
|
|
++ failure action and then return null. (Requests may also
|
|
|
++ also fail because a system is out of memory.)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Thread-safety: NOT thread-safe unless USE_MALLOC_LOCK defined
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ When USE_MALLOC_LOCK is defined, wrappers are created to
|
|
|
++ surround every public call with either a pthread mutex or
|
|
|
++ a win32 spinlock (depending on WIN32). This is not
|
|
|
++ especially fast, and can be a major bottleneck.
|
|
|
++ It is designed only to provide minimal protection
|
|
|
++ in concurrent environments, and to provide a basis for
|
|
|
++ extensions. If you are using malloc in a concurrent program,
|
|
|
++ you would be far better off obtaining ptmalloc, which is
|
|
|
++ derived from a version of this malloc, and is well-tuned for
|
|
|
++ concurrent programs. (See http://www.malloc.de)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Compliance: I believe it is compliant with the 1997 Single Unix Specification
|
|
|
++ (See http://www.opennc.org). Also SVID/XPG, ANSI C, and probably
|
|
|
++ others as well.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++* Synopsis of compile-time options:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ People have reported using previous versions of this malloc on all
|
|
|
++ versions of Unix, sometimes by tweaking some of the defines
|
|
|
++ below. It has been tested most extensively on Solaris and
|
|
|
++ Linux. It is also reported to work on WIN32 platforms.
|
|
|
++ People also report using it in stand-alone embedded systems.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The implementation is in straight, hand-tuned ANSI C. It is not
|
|
|
++ at all modular. (Sorry!) It uses a lot of macros. To be at all
|
|
|
++ usable, this code should be compiled using an optimizing compiler
|
|
|
++ (for example gcc -O3) that can simplify expressions and control
|
|
|
++ paths. (FAQ: some macros import variables as arguments rather than
|
|
|
++ declare locals because people reported that some debuggers
|
|
|
++ otherwise get confused.)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ OPTION DEFAULT VALUE
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Compilation Environment options:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ __STD_C derived from C compiler defines
|
|
|
++ WIN32 NOT defined
|
|
|
++ HAVE_MEMCPY defined
|
|
|
++ USE_MEMCPY 1 if HAVE_MEMCPY is defined
|
|
|
++ HAVE_MMAP defined as 1
|
|
|
++ MMAP_CLEARS 1
|
|
|
++ HAVE_MREMAP 0 unless linux defined
|
|
|
++ malloc_getpagesize derived from system #includes, or 4096 if not
|
|
|
++ HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H NOT defined
|
|
|
++ LACKS_UNISTD_H NOT defined unless WIN32
|
|
|
++ LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H NOT defined unless WIN32
|
|
|
++ LACKS_SYS_MMAN_H NOT defined unless WIN32
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Changing default word sizes:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T size_t
|
|
|
++ MALLOC_ALIGNMENT 2 * sizeof(INTERNAL_SIZE_T)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Configuration and functionality options:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ USE_DL_PREFIX NOT defined
|
|
|
++ USE_PUBLIC_MALLOC_WRAPPERS NOT defined
|
|
|
++ USE_MALLOC_LOCK NOT defined
|
|
|
++ DEBUG NOT defined
|
|
|
++ REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES NOT defined
|
|
|
++ MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION errno = ENOMEM, if __STD_C defined, else no-op
|
|
|
++ TRIM_FASTBINS 0
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Options for customizing MORECORE:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ MORECORE sbrk
|
|
|
++ MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS 1
|
|
|
++ MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM NOT defined
|
|
|
++ MMAP_AS_MORECORE_SIZE (1024 * 1024)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Tuning options that are also dynamically changeable via mallopt:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ DEFAULT_MXFAST 64
|
|
|
++ DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD 128 * 1024
|
|
|
++ DEFAULT_TOP_PAD 0
|
|
|
++ DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD 128 * 1024
|
|
|
++ DEFAULT_MMAP_MAX 65536
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ There are several other #defined constants and macros that you
|
|
|
++ probably don't want to touch unless you are extending or adapting malloc.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ WIN32 sets up defaults for MS environment and compilers.
|
|
|
++ Otherwise defaults are for unix.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* #define WIN32 */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef WIN32
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
|
|
++#include <windows.h>
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Win32 doesn't supply or need the following headers */
|
|
|
++#define LACKS_UNISTD_H
|
|
|
++#define LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H
|
|
|
++#define LACKS_SYS_MMAN_H
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Use the supplied emulation of sbrk */
|
|
|
++#define MORECORE sbrk
|
|
|
++#define MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS 1
|
|
|
++#define MORECORE_FAILURE ((void*)(-1))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Use the supplied emulation of mmap and munmap */
|
|
|
++#define HAVE_MMAP 1
|
|
|
++#define MUNMAP_FAILURE (-1)
|
|
|
++#define MMAP_CLEARS 1
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* These values don't really matter in windows mmap emulation */
|
|
|
++#define MAP_PRIVATE 1
|
|
|
++#define MAP_ANONYMOUS 2
|
|
|
++#define PROT_READ 1
|
|
|
++#define PROT_WRITE 2
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Emulation functions defined at the end of this file */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* If USE_MALLOC_LOCK, use supplied critical-section-based lock functions */
|
|
|
++#ifdef USE_MALLOC_LOCK
|
|
|
++static int slwait(int *sl);
|
|
|
++static int slrelease(int *sl);
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++static long getpagesize(void);
|
|
|
++static long getregionsize(void);
|
|
|
++static void *sbrk(long size);
|
|
|
++static void *mmap(void *ptr, long size, long prot, long type, long handle, long arg);
|
|
|
++static long munmap(void *ptr, long size);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++static void vminfo (unsigned long *free, unsigned long *reserved, unsigned long *committed);
|
|
|
++static int cpuinfo (int whole, unsigned long *kernel, unsigned long *user);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ __STD_C should be nonzero if using ANSI-standard C compiler, a C++
|
|
|
++ compiler, or a C compiler sufficiently close to ANSI to get away
|
|
|
++ with it.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef __STD_C
|
|
|
++#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(_cplusplus)
|
|
|
++#define __STD_C 1
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++#define __STD_C 0
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++#endif /*__STD_C*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Void_t* is the pointer type that malloc should say it returns
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef Void_t
|
|
|
++#if (__STD_C || defined(WIN32))
|
|
|
++#define Void_t void
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++#define Void_t char
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++#endif /*Void_t*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++#include <sys/types.h>
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef __cplusplus
|
|
|
++extern "C" {
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* define LACKS_UNISTD_H if your system does not have a <unistd.h>. */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* #define LACKS_UNISTD_H */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef LACKS_UNISTD_H
|
|
|
++#include <unistd.h>
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* define LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H if your system does not have a <sys/param.h>. */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* #define LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#include <stdio.h> /* needed for malloc_stats */
|
|
|
++#include <errno.h> /* needed for optional MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Debugging:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Because freed chunks may be overwritten with bookkeeping fields, this
|
|
|
++ malloc will often die when freed memory is overwritten by user
|
|
|
++ programs. This can be very effective (albeit in an annoying way)
|
|
|
++ in helping track down dangling pointers.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ If you compile with -DDEBUG, a number of assertion checks are
|
|
|
++ enabled that will catch more memory errors. You probably won't be
|
|
|
++ able to make much sense of the actual assertion errors, but they
|
|
|
++ should help you locate incorrectly overwritten memory. The
|
|
|
++ checking is fairly extensive, and will slow down execution
|
|
|
++ noticeably. Calling malloc_stats or mallinfo with DEBUG set will
|
|
|
++ attempt to check every non-mmapped allocated and free chunk in the
|
|
|
++ course of computing the summmaries. (By nature, mmapped regions
|
|
|
++ cannot be checked very much automatically.)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Setting DEBUG may also be helpful if you are trying to modify
|
|
|
++ this code. The assertions in the check routines spell out in more
|
|
|
++ detail the assumptions and invariants underlying the algorithms.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Setting DEBUG does NOT provide an automated mechanism for checking
|
|
|
++ that all accesses to malloced memory stay within their
|
|
|
++ bounds. However, there are several add-ons and adaptations of this
|
|
|
++ or other mallocs available that do this.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
|
++#include <assert.h>
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++#define assert(x) ((void)0)
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T is the word-size used for internal bookkeeping
|
|
|
++ of chunk sizes.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The default version is the same as size_t.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ While not strictly necessary, it is best to define this as an
|
|
|
++ unsigned type, even if size_t is a signed type. This may avoid some
|
|
|
++ artificial size limitations on some systems.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ On a 64-bit machine, you may be able to reduce malloc overhead by
|
|
|
++ defining INTERNAL_SIZE_T to be a 32 bit `unsigned int' at the
|
|
|
++ expense of not being able to handle more than 2^32 of malloced
|
|
|
++ space. If this limitation is acceptable, you are encouraged to set
|
|
|
++ this unless you are on a platform requiring 16byte alignments. In
|
|
|
++ this case the alignment requirements turn out to negate any
|
|
|
++ potential advantages of decreasing size_t word size.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Implementors: Beware of the possible combinations of:
|
|
|
++ - INTERNAL_SIZE_T might be signed or unsigned, might be 32 or 64 bits,
|
|
|
++ and might be the same width as int or as long
|
|
|
++ - size_t might have different width and signedness as INTERNAL_SIZE_T
|
|
|
++ - int and long might be 32 or 64 bits, and might be the same width
|
|
|
++ To deal with this, most comparisons and difference computations
|
|
|
++ among INTERNAL_SIZE_Ts should cast them to unsigned long, being
|
|
|
++ aware of the fact that casting an unsigned int to a wider long does
|
|
|
++ not sign-extend. (This also makes checking for negative numbers
|
|
|
++ awkward.) Some of these casts result in harmless compiler warnings
|
|
|
++ on some systems.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef INTERNAL_SIZE_T
|
|
|
++#define INTERNAL_SIZE_T size_t
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* The corresponding word size */
|
|
|
++#define SIZE_SZ (sizeof(INTERNAL_SIZE_T))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ MALLOC_ALIGNMENT is the minimum alignment for malloc'ed chunks.
|
|
|
++ It must be a power of two at least 2 * SIZE_SZ, even on machines
|
|
|
++ for which smaller alignments would suffice. It may be defined as
|
|
|
++ larger than this though. Note however that code and data structures
|
|
|
++ are optimized for the case of 8-byte alignment.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef MALLOC_ALIGNMENT
|
|
|
++#define MALLOC_ALIGNMENT (2 * SIZE_SZ)
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* The corresponding bit mask value */
|
|
|
++#define MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK (MALLOC_ALIGNMENT - 1)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES should be set if a call to
|
|
|
++ realloc with zero bytes should be the same as a call to free.
|
|
|
++ Some people think it should. Otherwise, since this malloc
|
|
|
++ returns a unique pointer for malloc(0), so does realloc(p, 0).
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* #define REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ TRIM_FASTBINS controls whether free() of a very small chunk can
|
|
|
++ immediately lead to trimming. Setting to true (1) can reduce memory
|
|
|
++ footprint, but will almost always slow down programs that use a lot
|
|
|
++ of small chunks.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Define this only if you are willing to give up some speed to more
|
|
|
++ aggressively reduce system-level memory footprint when releasing
|
|
|
++ memory in programs that use many small chunks. You can get
|
|
|
++ essentially the same effect by setting MXFAST to 0, but this can
|
|
|
++ lead to even greater slowdowns in programs using many small chunks.
|
|
|
++ TRIM_FASTBINS is an in-between compile-time option, that disables
|
|
|
++ only those chunks bordering topmost memory from being placed in
|
|
|
++ fastbins.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef TRIM_FASTBINS
|
|
|
++#define TRIM_FASTBINS 0
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ USE_DL_PREFIX will prefix all public routines with the string 'dl'.
|
|
|
++ This is necessary when you only want to use this malloc in one part
|
|
|
++ of a program, using your regular system malloc elsewhere.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* #define USE_DL_PREFIX */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ USE_MALLOC_LOCK causes wrapper functions to surround each
|
|
|
++ callable routine with pthread mutex lock/unlock.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ USE_MALLOC_LOCK forces USE_PUBLIC_MALLOC_WRAPPERS to be defined
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* #define USE_MALLOC_LOCK */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ If USE_PUBLIC_MALLOC_WRAPPERS is defined, every public routine is
|
|
|
++ actually a wrapper function that first calls MALLOC_PREACTION, then
|
|
|
++ calls the internal routine, and follows it with
|
|
|
++ MALLOC_POSTACTION. This is needed for locking, but you can also use
|
|
|
++ this, without USE_MALLOC_LOCK, for purposes of interception,
|
|
|
++ instrumentation, etc. It is a sad fact that using wrappers often
|
|
|
++ noticeably degrades performance of malloc-intensive programs.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef USE_MALLOC_LOCK
|
|
|
++#define USE_PUBLIC_MALLOC_WRAPPERS
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++/* #define USE_PUBLIC_MALLOC_WRAPPERS */
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Two-phase name translation.
|
|
|
++ All of the actual routines are given mangled names.
|
|
|
++ When wrappers are used, they become the public callable versions.
|
|
|
++ When DL_PREFIX is used, the callable names are prefixed.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef USE_PUBLIC_MALLOC_WRAPPERS
|
|
|
++#define cALLOc public_cALLOc
|
|
|
++#define fREe public_fREe
|
|
|
++#define cFREe public_cFREe
|
|
|
++#define mALLOc public_mALLOc
|
|
|
++#define mEMALIGn public_mEMALIGn
|
|
|
++#define rEALLOc public_rEALLOc
|
|
|
++#define vALLOc public_vALLOc
|
|
|
++#define pVALLOc public_pVALLOc
|
|
|
++#define mALLINFo public_mALLINFo
|
|
|
++#define mALLOPt public_mALLOPt
|
|
|
++#define mTRIm public_mTRIm
|
|
|
++#define mSTATs public_mSTATs
|
|
|
++#define mUSABLe public_mUSABLe
|
|
|
++#define iCALLOc public_iCALLOc
|
|
|
++#define iCOMALLOc public_iCOMALLOc
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef USE_DL_PREFIX
|
|
|
++#define public_cALLOc dlcalloc
|
|
|
++#define public_fREe dlfree
|
|
|
++#define public_cFREe dlcfree
|
|
|
++#define public_mALLOc dlmalloc
|
|
|
++#define public_mEMALIGn dlmemalign
|
|
|
++#define public_rEALLOc dlrealloc
|
|
|
++#define public_vALLOc dlvalloc
|
|
|
++#define public_pVALLOc dlpvalloc
|
|
|
++#define public_mALLINFo dlmallinfo
|
|
|
++#define public_mALLOPt dlmallopt
|
|
|
++#define public_mTRIm dlmalloc_trim
|
|
|
++#define public_mSTATs dlmalloc_stats
|
|
|
++#define public_mUSABLe dlmalloc_usable_size
|
|
|
++#define public_iCALLOc dlindependent_calloc
|
|
|
++#define public_iCOMALLOc dlindependent_comalloc
|
|
|
++#else /* USE_DL_PREFIX */
|
|
|
++#define public_cALLOc calloc
|
|
|
++#define public_fREe free
|
|
|
++#define public_cFREe cfree
|
|
|
++#define public_mALLOc malloc
|
|
|
++#define public_mEMALIGn memalign
|
|
|
++#define public_rEALLOc realloc
|
|
|
++#define public_vALLOc valloc
|
|
|
++#define public_pVALLOc pvalloc
|
|
|
++#define public_mALLINFo mallinfo
|
|
|
++#define public_mALLOPt mallopt
|
|
|
++#define public_mTRIm malloc_trim
|
|
|
++#define public_mSTATs malloc_stats
|
|
|
++#define public_mUSABLe malloc_usable_size
|
|
|
++#define public_iCALLOc independent_calloc
|
|
|
++#define public_iCOMALLOc independent_comalloc
|
|
|
++#endif /* USE_DL_PREFIX */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ HAVE_MEMCPY should be defined if you are not otherwise using
|
|
|
++ ANSI STD C, but still have memcpy and memset in your C library
|
|
|
++ and want to use them in calloc and realloc. Otherwise simple
|
|
|
++ macro versions are defined below.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ USE_MEMCPY should be defined as 1 if you actually want to
|
|
|
++ have memset and memcpy called. People report that the macro
|
|
|
++ versions are faster than libc versions on some systems.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Even if USE_MEMCPY is set to 1, loops to copy/clear small chunks
|
|
|
++ (of <= 36 bytes) are manually unrolled in realloc and calloc.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* If it's available it's defined in config.h. */
|
|
|
++/* #define HAVE_MEMCPY */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef USE_MEMCPY
|
|
|
++#ifdef HAVE_MEMCPY
|
|
|
++#define USE_MEMCPY 1
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++#define USE_MEMCPY 0
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#if (__STD_C || defined(HAVE_MEMCPY))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef WIN32
|
|
|
++/* On Win32 memset and memcpy are already declared in windows.h */
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++void* memset(void*, int, size_t);
|
|
|
++void* memcpy(void*, const void*, size_t);
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++Void_t* memset();
|
|
|
++Void_t* memcpy();
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION is the action to take before "return 0" when
|
|
|
++ malloc fails to be able to return memory, either because memory is
|
|
|
++ exhausted or because of illegal arguments.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ By default, sets errno if running on STD_C platform, else does nothing.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++#define MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION \
|
|
|
++ errno = ENOMEM;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++#define MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ MORECORE-related declarations. By default, rely on sbrk
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef LACKS_UNISTD_H
|
|
|
++#if !defined(__FreeBSD__) && !defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(__NetBSD__)
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++extern Void_t* sbrk(ptrdiff_t);
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++extern Void_t* sbrk();
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ MORECORE is the name of the routine to call to obtain more memory
|
|
|
++ from the system. See below for general guidance on writing
|
|
|
++ alternative MORECORE functions, as well as a version for WIN32 and a
|
|
|
++ sample version for pre-OSX macos.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef MORECORE
|
|
|
++#define MORECORE sbrk
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ MORECORE_FAILURE is the value returned upon failure of MORECORE
|
|
|
++ as well as mmap. Since it cannot be an otherwise valid memory address,
|
|
|
++ and must reflect values of standard sys calls, you probably ought not
|
|
|
++ try to redefine it.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef MORECORE_FAILURE
|
|
|
++#define MORECORE_FAILURE (-1)
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ If MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS is true, take advantage of fact that
|
|
|
++ consecutive calls to MORECORE with positive arguments always return
|
|
|
++ contiguous increasing addresses. This is true of unix sbrk. Even
|
|
|
++ if not defined, when regions happen to be contiguous, malloc will
|
|
|
++ permit allocations spanning regions obtained from different
|
|
|
++ calls. But defining this when applicable enables some stronger
|
|
|
++ consistency checks and space efficiencies.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS
|
|
|
++#define MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS 1
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Define MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM if your version of MORECORE
|
|
|
++ cannot release space back to the system when given negative
|
|
|
++ arguments. This is generally necessary only if you are using
|
|
|
++ a hand-crafted MORECORE function that cannot handle negative arguments.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* #define MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Define HAVE_MMAP as true to optionally make malloc() use mmap() to
|
|
|
++ allocate very large blocks. These will be returned to the
|
|
|
++ operating system immediately after a free(). Also, if mmap
|
|
|
++ is available, it is used as a backup strategy in cases where
|
|
|
++ MORECORE fails to provide space from system.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ This malloc is best tuned to work with mmap for large requests.
|
|
|
++ If you do not have mmap, operations involving very large chunks (1MB
|
|
|
++ or so) may be slower than you'd like.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef HAVE_MMAP
|
|
|
++#define HAVE_MMAP 1
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#if HAVE_MMAP
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Standard unix mmap using /dev/zero clears memory so calloc doesn't
|
|
|
++ need to.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef MMAP_CLEARS
|
|
|
++#define MMAP_CLEARS 1
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#else /* no mmap */
|
|
|
++#ifndef MMAP_CLEARS
|
|
|
++#define MMAP_CLEARS 0
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ MMAP_AS_MORECORE_SIZE is the minimum mmap size argument to use if
|
|
|
++ sbrk fails, and mmap is used as a backup (which is done only if
|
|
|
++ HAVE_MMAP). The value must be a multiple of page size. This
|
|
|
++ backup strategy generally applies only when systems have "holes" in
|
|
|
++ address space, so sbrk cannot perform contiguous expansion, but
|
|
|
++ there is still space available on system. On systems for which
|
|
|
++ this is known to be useful (i.e. most linux kernels), this occurs
|
|
|
++ only when programs allocate huge amounts of memory. Between this,
|
|
|
++ and the fact that mmap regions tend to be limited, the size should
|
|
|
++ be large, to avoid too many mmap calls and thus avoid running out
|
|
|
++ of kernel resources.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef MMAP_AS_MORECORE_SIZE
|
|
|
++#define MMAP_AS_MORECORE_SIZE (1024 * 1024)
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Define HAVE_MREMAP to make realloc() use mremap() to re-allocate
|
|
|
++ large blocks. This is currently only possible on Linux with
|
|
|
++ kernel versions newer than 1.3.77.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef HAVE_MREMAP
|
|
|
++#if defined(linux) || defined(__linux__) || defined(__linux)
|
|
|
++#define HAVE_MREMAP 1
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++#define HAVE_MREMAP 0
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ The system page size. To the extent possible, this malloc manages
|
|
|
++ memory from the system in page-size units. Note that this value is
|
|
|
++ cached during initialization into a field of malloc_state. So even
|
|
|
++ if malloc_getpagesize is a function, it is only called once.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The following mechanics for getpagesize were adapted from bsd/gnu
|
|
|
++ getpagesize.h. If none of the system-probes here apply, a value of
|
|
|
++ 4096 is used, which should be OK: If they don't apply, then using
|
|
|
++ the actual value probably doesn't impact performance.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef malloc_getpagesize
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef LACKS_UNISTD_H
|
|
|
++# include <unistd.h>
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++# ifdef _SC_PAGESIZE /* some SVR4 systems omit an underscore */
|
|
|
++# ifndef _SC_PAGE_SIZE
|
|
|
++# define _SC_PAGE_SIZE _SC_PAGESIZE
|
|
|
++# endif
|
|
|
++# endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++# ifdef _SC_PAGE_SIZE
|
|
|
++# define malloc_getpagesize sysconf(_SC_PAGE_SIZE)
|
|
|
++# else
|
|
|
++# if defined(BSD) || defined(DGUX) || defined(HAVE_GETPAGESIZE)
|
|
|
++ extern size_t getpagesize();
|
|
|
++# define malloc_getpagesize getpagesize()
|
|
|
++# else
|
|
|
++# ifdef WIN32 /* use supplied emulation of getpagesize */
|
|
|
++# define malloc_getpagesize getpagesize()
|
|
|
++# else
|
|
|
++# ifndef LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H
|
|
|
++# include <sys/param.h>
|
|
|
++# endif
|
|
|
++# ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE
|
|
|
++# define malloc_getpagesize EXEC_PAGESIZE
|
|
|
++# else
|
|
|
++# ifdef NBPG
|
|
|
++# ifndef CLSIZE
|
|
|
++# define malloc_getpagesize NBPG
|
|
|
++# else
|
|
|
++# define malloc_getpagesize (NBPG * CLSIZE)
|
|
|
++# endif
|
|
|
++# else
|
|
|
++# ifdef NBPC
|
|
|
++# define malloc_getpagesize NBPC
|
|
|
++# else
|
|
|
++# ifdef PAGESIZE
|
|
|
++# define malloc_getpagesize PAGESIZE
|
|
|
++# else /* just guess */
|
|
|
++# define malloc_getpagesize (4096)
|
|
|
++# endif
|
|
|
++# endif
|
|
|
++# endif
|
|
|
++# endif
|
|
|
++# endif
|
|
|
++# endif
|
|
|
++# endif
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ This version of malloc supports the standard SVID/XPG mallinfo
|
|
|
++ routine that returns a struct containing usage properties and
|
|
|
++ statistics. It should work on any SVID/XPG compliant system that has
|
|
|
++ a /usr/include/malloc.h defining struct mallinfo. (If you'd like to
|
|
|
++ install such a thing yourself, cut out the preliminary declarations
|
|
|
++ as described above and below and save them in a malloc.h file. But
|
|
|
++ there's no compelling reason to bother to do this.)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The main declaration needed is the mallinfo struct that is returned
|
|
|
++ (by-copy) by mallinfo(). The SVID/XPG malloinfo struct contains a
|
|
|
++ bunch of field that are not even meaningful in this version of
|
|
|
++ malloc. These fields are are instead filled by mallinfo() with
|
|
|
++ other numbers that might be of interest.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H should be set if you have a
|
|
|
++ /usr/include/malloc.h file that includes a declaration of struct
|
|
|
++ mallinfo. If so, it is included; else an SVID2/XPG2 compliant
|
|
|
++ version is declared below. These must be precisely the same for
|
|
|
++ mallinfo() to work. The original SVID version of this struct,
|
|
|
++ defined on most systems with mallinfo, declares all fields as
|
|
|
++ ints. But some others define as unsigned long. If your system
|
|
|
++ defines the fields using a type of different width than listed here,
|
|
|
++ you must #include your system version and #define
|
|
|
++ HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* #define HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*#ifdef HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H*/
|
|
|
++#if 0
|
|
|
++#include "/usr/include/malloc.h"
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* SVID2/XPG mallinfo structure */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++struct mallinfo {
|
|
|
++ int arena; /* non-mmapped space allocated from system */
|
|
|
++ int ordblks; /* number of free chunks */
|
|
|
++ int smblks; /* number of fastbin blocks */
|
|
|
++ int hblks; /* number of mmapped regions */
|
|
|
++ int hblkhd; /* space in mmapped regions */
|
|
|
++ int usmblks; /* maximum total allocated space */
|
|
|
++ int fsmblks; /* space available in freed fastbin blocks */
|
|
|
++ int uordblks; /* total allocated space */
|
|
|
++ int fordblks; /* total free space */
|
|
|
++ int keepcost; /* top-most, releasable (via malloc_trim) space */
|
|
|
++};
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ SVID/XPG defines four standard parameter numbers for mallopt,
|
|
|
++ normally defined in malloc.h. Only one of these (M_MXFAST) is used
|
|
|
++ in this malloc. The others (M_NLBLKS, M_GRAIN, M_KEEP) don't apply,
|
|
|
++ so setting them has no effect. But this malloc also supports other
|
|
|
++ options in mallopt described below.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* ---------- description of public routines ------------ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ malloc(size_t n)
|
|
|
++ Returns a pointer to a newly allocated chunk of at least n bytes, or null
|
|
|
++ if no space is available. Additionally, on failure, errno is
|
|
|
++ set to ENOMEM on ANSI C systems.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ If n is zero, malloc returns a minumum-sized chunk. (The minimum
|
|
|
++ size is 16 bytes on most 32bit systems, and 24 or 32 bytes on 64bit
|
|
|
++ systems.) On most systems, size_t is an unsigned type, so calls
|
|
|
++ with negative arguments are interpreted as requests for huge amounts
|
|
|
++ of space, which will often fail. The maximum supported value of n
|
|
|
++ differs across systems, but is in all cases less than the maximum
|
|
|
++ representable value of a size_t.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_mALLOc(size_t);
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_mALLOc();
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ free(Void_t* p)
|
|
|
++ Releases the chunk of memory pointed to by p, that had been previously
|
|
|
++ allocated using malloc or a related routine such as realloc.
|
|
|
++ It has no effect if p is null. It can have arbitrary (i.e., bad!)
|
|
|
++ effects if p has already been freed.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Unless disabled (using mallopt), freeing very large spaces will
|
|
|
++ when possible, automatically trigger operations that give
|
|
|
++ back unused memory to the system, thus reducing program footprint.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++void public_fREe(Void_t*);
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++void public_fREe();
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ calloc(size_t n_elements, size_t element_size);
|
|
|
++ Returns a pointer to n_elements * element_size bytes, with all locations
|
|
|
++ set to zero.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_cALLOc(size_t, size_t);
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_cALLOc();
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ realloc(Void_t* p, size_t n)
|
|
|
++ Returns a pointer to a chunk of size n that contains the same data
|
|
|
++ as does chunk p up to the minimum of (n, p's size) bytes, or null
|
|
|
++ if no space is available.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The returned pointer may or may not be the same as p. The algorithm
|
|
|
++ prefers extending p when possible, otherwise it employs the
|
|
|
++ equivalent of a malloc-copy-free sequence.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ If p is null, realloc is equivalent to malloc.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ If space is not available, realloc returns null, errno is set (if on
|
|
|
++ ANSI) and p is NOT freed.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if n is for fewer bytes than already held by p, the newly unused
|
|
|
++ space is lopped off and freed if possible. Unless the #define
|
|
|
++ REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES is set, realloc with a size argument of
|
|
|
++ zero (re)allocates a minimum-sized chunk.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Large chunks that were internally obtained via mmap will always
|
|
|
++ be reallocated using malloc-copy-free sequences unless
|
|
|
++ the system supports MREMAP (currently only linux).
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The old unix realloc convention of allowing the last-free'd chunk
|
|
|
++ to be used as an argument to realloc is not supported.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_rEALLOc(Void_t*, size_t);
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_rEALLOc();
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ memalign(size_t alignment, size_t n);
|
|
|
++ Returns a pointer to a newly allocated chunk of n bytes, aligned
|
|
|
++ in accord with the alignment argument.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The alignment argument should be a power of two. If the argument is
|
|
|
++ not a power of two, the nearest greater power is used.
|
|
|
++ 8-byte alignment is guaranteed by normal malloc calls, so don't
|
|
|
++ bother calling memalign with an argument of 8 or less.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Overreliance on memalign is a sure way to fragment space.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_mEMALIGn(size_t, size_t);
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_mEMALIGn();
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ valloc(size_t n);
|
|
|
++ Equivalent to memalign(pagesize, n), where pagesize is the page
|
|
|
++ size of the system. If the pagesize is unknown, 4096 is used.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_vALLOc(size_t);
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_vALLOc();
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ mallopt(int parameter_number, int parameter_value)
|
|
|
++ Sets tunable parameters The format is to provide a
|
|
|
++ (parameter-number, parameter-value) pair. mallopt then sets the
|
|
|
++ corresponding parameter to the argument value if it can (i.e., so
|
|
|
++ long as the value is meaningful), and returns 1 if successful else
|
|
|
++ 0. SVID/XPG/ANSI defines four standard param numbers for mallopt,
|
|
|
++ normally defined in malloc.h. Only one of these (M_MXFAST) is used
|
|
|
++ in this malloc. The others (M_NLBLKS, M_GRAIN, M_KEEP) don't apply,
|
|
|
++ so setting them has no effect. But this malloc also supports four
|
|
|
++ other options in mallopt. See below for details. Briefly, supported
|
|
|
++ parameters are as follows (listed defaults are for "typical"
|
|
|
++ configurations).
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Symbol param # default allowed param values
|
|
|
++ M_MXFAST 1 64 0-80 (0 disables fastbins)
|
|
|
++ M_TRIM_THRESHOLD -1 128*1024 any (-1U disables trimming)
|
|
|
++ M_TOP_PAD -2 0 any
|
|
|
++ M_MMAP_THRESHOLD -3 128*1024 any (or 0 if no MMAP support)
|
|
|
++ M_MMAP_MAX -4 65536 any (0 disables use of mmap)
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++int public_mALLOPt(int, int);
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++int public_mALLOPt();
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ mallinfo()
|
|
|
++ Returns (by copy) a struct containing various summary statistics:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ arena: current total non-mmapped bytes allocated from system
|
|
|
++ ordblks: the number of free chunks
|
|
|
++ smblks: the number of fastbin blocks (i.e., small chunks that
|
|
|
++ have been freed but not use resused or consolidated)
|
|
|
++ hblks: current number of mmapped regions
|
|
|
++ hblkhd: total bytes held in mmapped regions
|
|
|
++ usmblks: the maximum total allocated space. This will be greater
|
|
|
++ than current total if trimming has occurred.
|
|
|
++ fsmblks: total bytes held in fastbin blocks
|
|
|
++ uordblks: current total allocated space (normal or mmapped)
|
|
|
++ fordblks: total free space
|
|
|
++ keepcost: the maximum number of bytes that could ideally be released
|
|
|
++ back to system via malloc_trim. ("ideally" means that
|
|
|
++ it ignores page restrictions etc.)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Because these fields are ints, but internal bookkeeping may
|
|
|
++ be kept as longs, the reported values may wrap around zero and
|
|
|
++ thus be inaccurate.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++struct mallinfo public_mALLINFo(void);
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++struct mallinfo public_mALLINFo();
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ independent_calloc(size_t n_elements, size_t element_size, Void_t* chunks[]);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ independent_calloc is similar to calloc, but instead of returning a
|
|
|
++ single cleared space, it returns an array of pointers to n_elements
|
|
|
++ independent elements that can hold contents of size elem_size, each
|
|
|
++ of which starts out cleared, and can be independently freed,
|
|
|
++ realloc'ed etc. The elements are guaranteed to be adjacently
|
|
|
++ allocated (this is not guaranteed to occur with multiple callocs or
|
|
|
++ mallocs), which may also improve cache locality in some
|
|
|
++ applications.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The "chunks" argument is optional (i.e., may be null, which is
|
|
|
++ probably the most typical usage). If it is null, the returned array
|
|
|
++ is itself dynamically allocated and should also be freed when it is
|
|
|
++ no longer needed. Otherwise, the chunks array must be of at least
|
|
|
++ n_elements in length. It is filled in with the pointers to the
|
|
|
++ chunks.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ In either case, independent_calloc returns this pointer array, or
|
|
|
++ null if the allocation failed. If n_elements is zero and "chunks"
|
|
|
++ is null, it returns a chunk representing an array with zero elements
|
|
|
++ (which should be freed if not wanted).
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Each element must be individually freed when it is no longer
|
|
|
++ needed. If you'd like to instead be able to free all at once, you
|
|
|
++ should instead use regular calloc and assign pointers into this
|
|
|
++ space to represent elements. (In this case though, you cannot
|
|
|
++ independently free elements.)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ independent_calloc simplifies and speeds up implementations of many
|
|
|
++ kinds of pools. It may also be useful when constructing large data
|
|
|
++ structures that initially have a fixed number of fixed-sized nodes,
|
|
|
++ but the number is not known at compile time, and some of the nodes
|
|
|
++ may later need to be freed. For example:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ struct Node { int item; struct Node* next; };
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ struct Node* build_list() {
|
|
|
++ struct Node** pool;
|
|
|
++ int n = read_number_of_nodes_needed();
|
|
|
++ if (n <= 0) return 0;
|
|
|
++ pool = (struct Node**)(independent_calloc(n, sizeof(struct Node), 0);
|
|
|
++ if (pool == 0) die();
|
|
|
++ // organize into a linked list...
|
|
|
++ struct Node* first = pool[0];
|
|
|
++ for (i = 0; i < n-1; ++i)
|
|
|
++ pool[i]->next = pool[i+1];
|
|
|
++ free(pool); // Can now free the array (or not, if it is needed later)
|
|
|
++ return first;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++Void_t** public_iCALLOc(size_t, size_t, Void_t**);
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++Void_t** public_iCALLOc();
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ independent_comalloc(size_t n_elements, size_t sizes[], Void_t* chunks[]);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ independent_comalloc allocates, all at once, a set of n_elements
|
|
|
++ chunks with sizes indicated in the "sizes" array. It returns
|
|
|
++ an array of pointers to these elements, each of which can be
|
|
|
++ independently freed, realloc'ed etc. The elements are guaranteed to
|
|
|
++ be adjacently allocated (this is not guaranteed to occur with
|
|
|
++ multiple callocs or mallocs), which may also improve cache locality
|
|
|
++ in some applications.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The "chunks" argument is optional (i.e., may be null). If it is null
|
|
|
++ the returned array is itself dynamically allocated and should also
|
|
|
++ be freed when it is no longer needed. Otherwise, the chunks array
|
|
|
++ must be of at least n_elements in length. It is filled in with the
|
|
|
++ pointers to the chunks.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ In either case, independent_comalloc returns this pointer array, or
|
|
|
++ null if the allocation failed. If n_elements is zero and chunks is
|
|
|
++ null, it returns a chunk representing an array with zero elements
|
|
|
++ (which should be freed if not wanted).
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Each element must be individually freed when it is no longer
|
|
|
++ needed. If you'd like to instead be able to free all at once, you
|
|
|
++ should instead use a single regular malloc, and assign pointers at
|
|
|
++ particular offsets in the aggregate space. (In this case though, you
|
|
|
++ cannot independently free elements.)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ independent_comallac differs from independent_calloc in that each
|
|
|
++ element may have a different size, and also that it does not
|
|
|
++ automatically clear elements.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ independent_comalloc can be used to speed up allocation in cases
|
|
|
++ where several structs or objects must always be allocated at the
|
|
|
++ same time. For example:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ struct Head { ... }
|
|
|
++ struct Foot { ... }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ void send_message(char* msg) {
|
|
|
++ int msglen = strlen(msg);
|
|
|
++ size_t sizes[3] = { sizeof(struct Head), msglen, sizeof(struct Foot) };
|
|
|
++ void* chunks[3];
|
|
|
++ if (independent_comalloc(3, sizes, chunks) == 0)
|
|
|
++ die();
|
|
|
++ struct Head* head = (struct Head*)(chunks[0]);
|
|
|
++ char* body = (char*)(chunks[1]);
|
|
|
++ struct Foot* foot = (struct Foot*)(chunks[2]);
|
|
|
++ // ...
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ In general though, independent_comalloc is worth using only for
|
|
|
++ larger values of n_elements. For small values, you probably won't
|
|
|
++ detect enough difference from series of malloc calls to bother.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Overuse of independent_comalloc can increase overall memory usage,
|
|
|
++ since it cannot reuse existing noncontiguous small chunks that
|
|
|
++ might be available for some of the elements.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++Void_t** public_iCOMALLOc(size_t, size_t*, Void_t**);
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++Void_t** public_iCOMALLOc();
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ pvalloc(size_t n);
|
|
|
++ Equivalent to valloc(minimum-page-that-holds(n)), that is,
|
|
|
++ round up n to nearest pagesize.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_pVALLOc(size_t);
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_pVALLOc();
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ cfree(Void_t* p);
|
|
|
++ Equivalent to free(p).
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ cfree is needed/defined on some systems that pair it with calloc,
|
|
|
++ for odd historical reasons (such as: cfree is used in example
|
|
|
++ code in the first edition of K&R).
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++void public_cFREe(Void_t*);
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++void public_cFREe();
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ malloc_trim(size_t pad);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ If possible, gives memory back to the system (via negative
|
|
|
++ arguments to sbrk) if there is unused memory at the `high' end of
|
|
|
++ the malloc pool. You can call this after freeing large blocks of
|
|
|
++ memory to potentially reduce the system-level memory requirements
|
|
|
++ of a program. However, it cannot guarantee to reduce memory. Under
|
|
|
++ some allocation patterns, some large free blocks of memory will be
|
|
|
++ locked between two used chunks, so they cannot be given back to
|
|
|
++ the system.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The `pad' argument to malloc_trim represents the amount of free
|
|
|
++ trailing space to leave untrimmed. If this argument is zero,
|
|
|
++ only the minimum amount of memory to maintain internal data
|
|
|
++ structures will be left (one page or less). Non-zero arguments
|
|
|
++ can be supplied to maintain enough trailing space to service
|
|
|
++ future expected allocations without having to re-obtain memory
|
|
|
++ from the system.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Malloc_trim returns 1 if it actually released any memory, else 0.
|
|
|
++ On systems that do not support "negative sbrks", it will always
|
|
|
++ rreturn 0.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++int public_mTRIm(size_t);
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++int public_mTRIm();
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ malloc_usable_size(Void_t* p);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Returns the number of bytes you can actually use in
|
|
|
++ an allocated chunk, which may be more than you requested (although
|
|
|
++ often not) due to alignment and minimum size constraints.
|
|
|
++ You can use this many bytes without worrying about
|
|
|
++ overwriting other allocated objects. This is not a particularly great
|
|
|
++ programming practice. malloc_usable_size can be more useful in
|
|
|
++ debugging and assertions, for example:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ p = malloc(n);
|
|
|
++ assert(malloc_usable_size(p) >= 256);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++size_t public_mUSABLe(Void_t*);
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++size_t public_mUSABLe();
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ malloc_stats();
|
|
|
++ Prints on stderr the amount of space obtained from the system (both
|
|
|
++ via sbrk and mmap), the maximum amount (which may be more than
|
|
|
++ current if malloc_trim and/or munmap got called), and the current
|
|
|
++ number of bytes allocated via malloc (or realloc, etc) but not yet
|
|
|
++ freed. Note that this is the number of bytes allocated, not the
|
|
|
++ number requested. It will be larger than the number requested
|
|
|
++ because of alignment and bookkeeping overhead. Because it includes
|
|
|
++ alignment wastage as being in use, this figure may be greater than
|
|
|
++ zero even when no user-level chunks are allocated.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The reported current and maximum system memory can be inaccurate if
|
|
|
++ a program makes other calls to system memory allocation functions
|
|
|
++ (normally sbrk) outside of malloc.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ malloc_stats prints only the most commonly interesting statistics.
|
|
|
++ More information can be obtained by calling mallinfo.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++void public_mSTATs();
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++void public_mSTATs();
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* mallopt tuning options */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ M_MXFAST is the maximum request size used for "fastbins", special bins
|
|
|
++ that hold returned chunks without consolidating their spaces. This
|
|
|
++ enables future requests for chunks of the same size to be handled
|
|
|
++ very quickly, but can increase fragmentation, and thus increase the
|
|
|
++ overall memory footprint of a program.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ This malloc manages fastbins very conservatively yet still
|
|
|
++ efficiently, so fragmentation is rarely a problem for values less
|
|
|
++ than or equal to the default. The maximum supported value of MXFAST
|
|
|
++ is 80. You wouldn't want it any higher than this anyway. Fastbins
|
|
|
++ are designed especially for use with many small structs, objects or
|
|
|
++ strings -- the default handles structs/objects/arrays with sizes up
|
|
|
++ to 8 4byte fields, or small strings representing words, tokens,
|
|
|
++ etc. Using fastbins for larger objects normally worsens
|
|
|
++ fragmentation without improving speed.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ M_MXFAST is set in REQUEST size units. It is internally used in
|
|
|
++ chunksize units, which adds padding and alignment. You can reduce
|
|
|
++ M_MXFAST to 0 to disable all use of fastbins. This causes the malloc
|
|
|
++ algorithm to be a closer approximation of fifo-best-fit in all cases,
|
|
|
++ not just for larger requests, but will generally cause it to be
|
|
|
++ slower.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* M_MXFAST is a standard SVID/XPG tuning option, usually listed in malloc.h */
|
|
|
++#ifndef M_MXFAST
|
|
|
++#define M_MXFAST 1
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef DEFAULT_MXFAST
|
|
|
++#define DEFAULT_MXFAST 64
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ M_TRIM_THRESHOLD is the maximum amount of unused top-most memory
|
|
|
++ to keep before releasing via malloc_trim in free().
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Automatic trimming is mainly useful in long-lived programs.
|
|
|
++ Because trimming via sbrk can be slow on some systems, and can
|
|
|
++ sometimes be wasteful (in cases where programs immediately
|
|
|
++ afterward allocate more large chunks) the value should be high
|
|
|
++ enough so that your overall system performance would improve by
|
|
|
++ releasing this much memory.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The trim threshold and the mmap control parameters (see below)
|
|
|
++ can be traded off with one another. Trimming and mmapping are
|
|
|
++ two different ways of releasing unused memory back to the
|
|
|
++ system. Between these two, it is often possible to keep
|
|
|
++ system-level demands of a long-lived program down to a bare
|
|
|
++ minimum. For example, in one test suite of sessions measuring
|
|
|
++ the XF86 X server on Linux, using a trim threshold of 128K and a
|
|
|
++ mmap threshold of 192K led to near-minimal long term resource
|
|
|
++ consumption.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ If you are using this malloc in a long-lived program, it should
|
|
|
++ pay to experiment with these values. As a rough guide, you
|
|
|
++ might set to a value close to the average size of a process
|
|
|
++ (program) running on your system. Releasing this much memory
|
|
|
++ would allow such a process to run in memory. Generally, it's
|
|
|
++ worth it to tune for trimming rather tham memory mapping when a
|
|
|
++ program undergoes phases where several large chunks are
|
|
|
++ allocated and released in ways that can reuse each other's
|
|
|
++ storage, perhaps mixed with phases where there are no such
|
|
|
++ chunks at all. And in well-behaved long-lived programs,
|
|
|
++ controlling release of large blocks via trimming versus mapping
|
|
|
++ is usually faster.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ However, in most programs, these parameters serve mainly as
|
|
|
++ protection against the system-level effects of carrying around
|
|
|
++ massive amounts of unneeded memory. Since frequent calls to
|
|
|
++ sbrk, mmap, and munmap otherwise degrade performance, the default
|
|
|
++ parameters are set to relatively high values that serve only as
|
|
|
++ safeguards.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The trim value It must be greater than page size to have any useful
|
|
|
++ effect. To disable trimming completely, you can set to
|
|
|
++ (unsigned long)(-1)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Trim settings interact with fastbin (MXFAST) settings: Unless
|
|
|
++ TRIM_FASTBINS is defined, automatic trimming never takes place upon
|
|
|
++ freeing a chunk with size less than or equal to MXFAST. Trimming is
|
|
|
++ instead delayed until subsequent freeing of larger chunks. However,
|
|
|
++ you can still force an attempted trim by calling malloc_trim.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Also, trimming is not generally possible in cases where
|
|
|
++ the main arena is obtained via mmap.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Note that the trick some people use of mallocing a huge space and
|
|
|
++ then freeing it at program startup, in an attempt to reserve system
|
|
|
++ memory, doesn't have the intended effect under automatic trimming,
|
|
|
++ since that memory will immediately be returned to the system.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define M_TRIM_THRESHOLD -1
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD
|
|
|
++#define DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD (128 * 1024)
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ M_TOP_PAD is the amount of extra `padding' space to allocate or
|
|
|
++ retain whenever sbrk is called. It is used in two ways internally:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ * When sbrk is called to extend the top of the arena to satisfy
|
|
|
++ a new malloc request, this much padding is added to the sbrk
|
|
|
++ request.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ * When malloc_trim is called automatically from free(),
|
|
|
++ it is used as the `pad' argument.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ In both cases, the actual amount of padding is rounded
|
|
|
++ so that the end of the arena is always a system page boundary.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The main reason for using padding is to avoid calling sbrk so
|
|
|
++ often. Having even a small pad greatly reduces the likelihood
|
|
|
++ that nearly every malloc request during program start-up (or
|
|
|
++ after trimming) will invoke sbrk, which needlessly wastes
|
|
|
++ time.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Automatic rounding-up to page-size units is normally sufficient
|
|
|
++ to avoid measurable overhead, so the default is 0. However, in
|
|
|
++ systems where sbrk is relatively slow, it can pay to increase
|
|
|
++ this value, at the expense of carrying around more memory than
|
|
|
++ the program needs.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define M_TOP_PAD -2
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef DEFAULT_TOP_PAD
|
|
|
++#define DEFAULT_TOP_PAD (0)
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ M_MMAP_THRESHOLD is the request size threshold for using mmap()
|
|
|
++ to service a request. Requests of at least this size that cannot
|
|
|
++ be allocated using already-existing space will be serviced via mmap.
|
|
|
++ (If enough normal freed space already exists it is used instead.)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Using mmap segregates relatively large chunks of memory so that
|
|
|
++ they can be individually obtained and released from the host
|
|
|
++ system. A request serviced through mmap is never reused by any
|
|
|
++ other request (at least not directly; the system may just so
|
|
|
++ happen to remap successive requests to the same locations).
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Segregating space in this way has the benefits that:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ 1. Mmapped space can ALWAYS be individually released back
|
|
|
++ to the system, which helps keep the system level memory
|
|
|
++ demands of a long-lived program low.
|
|
|
++ 2. Mapped memory can never become `locked' between
|
|
|
++ other chunks, as can happen with normally allocated chunks, which
|
|
|
++ means that even trimming via malloc_trim would not release them.
|
|
|
++ 3. On some systems with "holes" in address spaces, mmap can obtain
|
|
|
++ memory that sbrk cannot.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ However, it has the disadvantages that:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ 1. The space cannot be reclaimed, consolidated, and then
|
|
|
++ used to service later requests, as happens with normal chunks.
|
|
|
++ 2. It can lead to more wastage because of mmap page alignment
|
|
|
++ requirements
|
|
|
++ 3. It causes malloc performance to be more dependent on host
|
|
|
++ system memory management support routines which may vary in
|
|
|
++ implementation quality and may impose arbitrary
|
|
|
++ limitations. Generally, servicing a request via normal
|
|
|
++ malloc steps is faster than going through a system's mmap.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The advantages of mmap nearly always outweigh disadvantages for
|
|
|
++ "large" chunks, but the value of "large" varies across systems. The
|
|
|
++ default is an empirically derived value that works well in most
|
|
|
++ systems.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define M_MMAP_THRESHOLD -3
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD
|
|
|
++#define DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD (128 * 1024)
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ M_MMAP_MAX is the maximum number of requests to simultaneously
|
|
|
++ service using mmap. This parameter exists because
|
|
|
++. Some systems have a limited number of internal tables for
|
|
|
++ use by mmap, and using more than a few of them may degrade
|
|
|
++ performance.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The default is set to a value that serves only as a safeguard.
|
|
|
++ Setting to 0 disables use of mmap for servicing large requests. If
|
|
|
++ HAVE_MMAP is not set, the default value is 0, and attempts to set it
|
|
|
++ to non-zero values in mallopt will fail.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define M_MMAP_MAX -4
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef DEFAULT_MMAP_MAX
|
|
|
++#if HAVE_MMAP
|
|
|
++#define DEFAULT_MMAP_MAX (65536)
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++#define DEFAULT_MMAP_MAX (0)
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef __cplusplus
|
|
|
++}; /* end of extern "C" */
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ ========================================================================
|
|
|
++ To make a fully customizable malloc.h header file, cut everything
|
|
|
++ above this line, put into file malloc.h, edit to suit, and #include it
|
|
|
++ on the next line, as well as in programs that use this malloc.
|
|
|
++ ========================================================================
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* #include "malloc.h" */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* --------------------- public wrappers ---------------------- */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef USE_PUBLIC_MALLOC_WRAPPERS
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Declare all routines as internal */
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++static Void_t* mALLOc(size_t);
|
|
|
++static void fREe(Void_t*);
|
|
|
++static Void_t* rEALLOc(Void_t*, size_t);
|
|
|
++static Void_t* mEMALIGn(size_t, size_t);
|
|
|
++static Void_t* vALLOc(size_t);
|
|
|
++static Void_t* pVALLOc(size_t);
|
|
|
++static Void_t* cALLOc(size_t, size_t);
|
|
|
++static Void_t** iCALLOc(size_t, size_t, Void_t**);
|
|
|
++static Void_t** iCOMALLOc(size_t, size_t*, Void_t**);
|
|
|
++static void cFREe(Void_t*);
|
|
|
++static int mTRIm(size_t);
|
|
|
++static size_t mUSABLe(Void_t*);
|
|
|
++static void mSTATs();
|
|
|
++static int mALLOPt(int, int);
|
|
|
++static struct mallinfo mALLINFo(void);
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++static Void_t* mALLOc();
|
|
|
++static void fREe();
|
|
|
++static Void_t* rEALLOc();
|
|
|
++static Void_t* mEMALIGn();
|
|
|
++static Void_t* vALLOc();
|
|
|
++static Void_t* pVALLOc();
|
|
|
++static Void_t* cALLOc();
|
|
|
++static Void_t** iCALLOc();
|
|
|
++static Void_t** iCOMALLOc();
|
|
|
++static void cFREe();
|
|
|
++static int mTRIm();
|
|
|
++static size_t mUSABLe();
|
|
|
++static void mSTATs();
|
|
|
++static int mALLOPt();
|
|
|
++static struct mallinfo mALLINFo();
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ MALLOC_PREACTION and MALLOC_POSTACTION should be
|
|
|
++ defined to return 0 on success, and nonzero on failure.
|
|
|
++ The return value of MALLOC_POSTACTION is currently ignored
|
|
|
++ in wrapper functions since there is no reasonable default
|
|
|
++ action to take on failure.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef USE_MALLOC_LOCK
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef WIN32
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++static int mALLOC_MUTEx;
|
|
|
++#define MALLOC_PREACTION slwait(&mALLOC_MUTEx)
|
|
|
++#define MALLOC_POSTACTION slrelease(&mALLOC_MUTEx)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#if 0
|
|
|
++#include <pthread.h>
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++static pthread_mutex_t mALLOC_MUTEx = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define MALLOC_PREACTION pthread_mutex_lock(&mALLOC_MUTEx)
|
|
|
++#define MALLOC_POSTACTION pthread_mutex_unlock(&mALLOC_MUTEx)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef KDE_MALLOC_X86
|
|
|
++#include "x86.h"
|
|
|
++#elif defined(KDE_MALLOC_AVR32)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#include <sched.h>
|
|
|
++#include <time.h>
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++static __inline__ int q_atomic_swp(volatile unsigned int *ptr,
|
|
|
++ unsigned int newval)
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ register int ret;
|
|
|
++ asm volatile("xchg %0,%1,%2"
|
|
|
++ : "=&r"(ret)
|
|
|
++ : "r"(ptr), "r"(newval)
|
|
|
++ : "memory", "cc");
|
|
|
++ return ret;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++typedef struct {
|
|
|
++ volatile unsigned int lock;
|
|
|
++ int pad0_;
|
|
|
++} mutex_t;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0, 0 }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++static __inline__ int lock(mutex_t *m) {
|
|
|
++ int cnt = 0;
|
|
|
++ struct timespec tm;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ for(;;) {
|
|
|
++ if (q_atomic_swp(&m->lock, 1) == 0)
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++#ifdef _POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING
|
|
|
++ if(cnt < 50) {
|
|
|
++ sched_yield();
|
|
|
++ cnt++;
|
|
|
++ } else
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++ tm.tv_sec = 0;
|
|
|
++ tm.tv_nsec = 2000001;
|
|
|
++ nanosleep(&tm, NULL);
|
|
|
++ cnt = 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++static __inline__ int unlock(mutex_t *m) {
|
|
|
++ m->lock = 0;
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++#error Unknown spinlock implementation
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++static mutex_t spinlock = MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define MALLOC_PREACTION lock( &spinlock )
|
|
|
++#define MALLOC_POSTACTION unlock( &spinlock )
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#endif /* USE_MALLOC_LOCK */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Substitute anything you like for these */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define MALLOC_PREACTION (0)
|
|
|
++#define MALLOC_POSTACTION (0)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#if 0
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_mALLOc(size_t bytes) {
|
|
|
++ Void_t* m;
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ m = mALLOc(bytes);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return m;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++void public_fREe(Void_t* m) {
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ fREe(m);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_rEALLOc(Void_t* m, size_t bytes) {
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ m = rEALLOc(m, bytes);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return m;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_mEMALIGn(size_t alignment, size_t bytes) {
|
|
|
++ Void_t* m;
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ m = mEMALIGn(alignment, bytes);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return m;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_vALLOc(size_t bytes) {
|
|
|
++ Void_t* m;
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ m = vALLOc(bytes);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return m;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_pVALLOc(size_t bytes) {
|
|
|
++ Void_t* m;
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ m = pVALLOc(bytes);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return m;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_cALLOc(size_t n, size_t elem_size) {
|
|
|
++ Void_t* m;
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ m = cALLOc(n, elem_size);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return m;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++Void_t** public_iCALLOc(size_t n, size_t elem_size, Void_t** chunks) {
|
|
|
++ Void_t** m;
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ m = iCALLOc(n, elem_size, chunks);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return m;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++Void_t** public_iCOMALLOc(size_t n, size_t sizes[], Void_t** chunks) {
|
|
|
++ Void_t** m;
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ m = iCOMALLOc(n, sizes, chunks);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return m;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++void public_cFREe(Void_t* m) {
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ cFREe(m);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++int public_mTRIm(size_t s) {
|
|
|
++ int result;
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ result = mTRIm(s);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return result;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++size_t public_mUSABLe(Void_t* m) {
|
|
|
++ size_t result;
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ result = mUSABLe(m);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return result;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++void public_mSTATs() {
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ mSTATs();
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++struct mallinfo public_mALLINFo() {
|
|
|
++ struct mallinfo m;
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ struct mallinfo nm = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
|
|
|
++ return nm;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ m = mALLINFo();
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return m;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++int public_mALLOPt(int p, int v) {
|
|
|
++ int result;
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ result = mALLOPt(p, v);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return result;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* ------------- Optional versions of memcopy ---------------- */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#if USE_MEMCPY
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Note: memcpy is ONLY invoked with non-overlapping regions,
|
|
|
++ so the (usually slower) memmove is not needed.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define MALLOC_COPY(dest, src, nbytes) memcpy(dest, src, nbytes)
|
|
|
++#define MALLOC_ZERO(dest, nbytes) memset(dest, 0, nbytes)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#else /* !USE_MEMCPY */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Use Duff's device for good zeroing/copying performance. */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define MALLOC_ZERO(charp, nbytes) \
|
|
|
++do { \
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T* mzp = (INTERNAL_SIZE_T*)(charp); \
|
|
|
++ unsigned long mctmp = (nbytes)/sizeof(INTERNAL_SIZE_T); \
|
|
|
++ long mcn; \
|
|
|
++ if (mctmp < 8) mcn = 0; else { mcn = (mctmp-1)/8; mctmp %= 8; } \
|
|
|
++ switch (mctmp) { \
|
|
|
++ case 0: for(;;) { *mzp++ = 0; \
|
|
|
++ case 7: *mzp++ = 0; \
|
|
|
++ case 6: *mzp++ = 0; \
|
|
|
++ case 5: *mzp++ = 0; \
|
|
|
++ case 4: *mzp++ = 0; \
|
|
|
++ case 3: *mzp++ = 0; \
|
|
|
++ case 2: *mzp++ = 0; \
|
|
|
++ case 1: *mzp++ = 0; if(mcn <= 0) break; mcn--; } \
|
|
|
++ } \
|
|
|
++} while(0)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define MALLOC_COPY(dest,src,nbytes) \
|
|
|
++do { \
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T* mcsrc = (INTERNAL_SIZE_T*) src; \
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T* mcdst = (INTERNAL_SIZE_T*) dest; \
|
|
|
++ unsigned long mctmp = (nbytes)/sizeof(INTERNAL_SIZE_T); \
|
|
|
++ long mcn; \
|
|
|
++ if (mctmp < 8) mcn = 0; else { mcn = (mctmp-1)/8; mctmp %= 8; } \
|
|
|
++ switch (mctmp) { \
|
|
|
++ case 0: for(;;) { *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++; \
|
|
|
++ case 7: *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++; \
|
|
|
++ case 6: *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++; \
|
|
|
++ case 5: *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++; \
|
|
|
++ case 4: *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++; \
|
|
|
++ case 3: *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++; \
|
|
|
++ case 2: *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++; \
|
|
|
++ case 1: *mcdst++ = *mcsrc++; if(mcn <= 0) break; mcn--; } \
|
|
|
++ } \
|
|
|
++} while(0)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* ------------------ MMAP support ------------------ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#if HAVE_MMAP
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#include <fcntl.h>
|
|
|
++#ifndef LACKS_SYS_MMAN_H
|
|
|
++#include <sys/mman.h>
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#if !defined(MAP_ANONYMOUS) && defined(MAP_ANON)
|
|
|
++#define MAP_ANONYMOUS MAP_ANON
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Nearly all versions of mmap support MAP_ANONYMOUS,
|
|
|
++ so the following is unlikely to be needed, but is
|
|
|
++ supplied just in case.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef MAP_ANONYMOUS
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++static int dev_zero_fd = -1; /* Cached file descriptor for /dev/zero. */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define MMAP(addr, size, prot, flags) ((dev_zero_fd < 0) ? \
|
|
|
++ (dev_zero_fd = open("/dev/zero", O_RDWR), \
|
|
|
++ mmap((addr), (size), (prot), (flags), dev_zero_fd, 0)) : \
|
|
|
++ mmap((addr), (size), (prot), (flags), dev_zero_fd, 0))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define MMAP(addr, size, prot, flags) \
|
|
|
++ (mmap((addr), (size), (prot), (flags)|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ ----------------------- Chunk representations -----------------------
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ This struct declaration is misleading (but accurate and necessary).
|
|
|
++ It declares a "view" into memory allowing access to necessary
|
|
|
++ fields at known offsets from a given base. See explanation below.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++struct malloc_chunk {
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T prev_size; /* Size of previous chunk (if free). */
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T size; /* Size in bytes, including overhead. */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ struct malloc_chunk* fd; /* double links -- used only if free. */
|
|
|
++ struct malloc_chunk* bk;
|
|
|
++};
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++typedef struct malloc_chunk* mchunkptr;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ malloc_chunk details:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ (The following includes lightly edited explanations by Colin Plumb.)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Chunks of memory are maintained using a `boundary tag' method as
|
|
|
++ described in e.g., Knuth or Standish. (See the paper by Paul
|
|
|
++ Wilson ftp://ftp.cs.utexas.edu/pub/garbage/allocsrv.ps for a
|
|
|
++ survey of such techniques.) Sizes of free chunks are stored both
|
|
|
++ in the front of each chunk and at the end. This makes
|
|
|
++ consolidating fragmented chunks into bigger chunks very fast. The
|
|
|
++ size fields also hold bits representing whether chunks are free or
|
|
|
++ in use.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ An allocated chunk looks like this:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ chunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|
|
|
++ | Size of previous chunk, if allocated | |
|
|
|
++ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|
|
|
++ | Size of chunk, in bytes |P|
|
|
|
++ mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|
|
|
++ | User data starts here... .
|
|
|
++ . .
|
|
|
++ . (malloc_usable_space() bytes) .
|
|
|
++ . |
|
|
|
++nextchunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|
|
|
++ | Size of chunk |
|
|
|
++ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Where "chunk" is the front of the chunk for the purpose of most of
|
|
|
++ the malloc code, but "mem" is the pointer that is returned to the
|
|
|
++ user. "Nextchunk" is the beginning of the next contiguous chunk.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Chunks always begin on even word boundaries, so the mem portion
|
|
|
++ (which is returned to the user) is also on an even word boundary, and
|
|
|
++ thus at least double-word aligned.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Free chunks are stored in circular doubly-linked lists, and look like this:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ chunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|
|
|
++ | Size of previous chunk |
|
|
|
++ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|
|
|
++ `head:' | Size of chunk, in bytes |P|
|
|
|
++ mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|
|
|
++ | Forward pointer to next chunk in list |
|
|
|
++ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|
|
|
++ | Back pointer to previous chunk in list |
|
|
|
++ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|
|
|
++ | Unused space (may be 0 bytes long) .
|
|
|
++ . .
|
|
|
++ . |
|
|
|
++nextchunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|
|
|
++ `foot:' | Size of chunk, in bytes |
|
|
|
++ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The P (PREV_INUSE) bit, stored in the unused low-order bit of the
|
|
|
++ chunk size (which is always a multiple of two words), is an in-use
|
|
|
++ bit for the *previous* chunk. If that bit is *clear*, then the
|
|
|
++ word before the current chunk size contains the previous chunk
|
|
|
++ size, and can be used to find the front of the previous chunk.
|
|
|
++ The very first chunk allocated always has this bit set,
|
|
|
++ preventing access to non-existent (or non-owned) memory. If
|
|
|
++ prev_inuse is set for any given chunk, then you CANNOT determine
|
|
|
++ the size of the previous chunk, and might even get a memory
|
|
|
++ addressing fault when trying to do so.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Note that the `foot' of the current chunk is actually represented
|
|
|
++ as the prev_size of the NEXT chunk. This makes it easier to
|
|
|
++ deal with alignments etc but can be very confusing when trying
|
|
|
++ to extend or adapt this code.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The two exceptions to all this are
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ 1. The special chunk `top' doesn't bother using the
|
|
|
++ trailing size field since there is no next contiguous chunk
|
|
|
++ that would have to index off it. After initialization, `top'
|
|
|
++ is forced to always exist. If it would become less than
|
|
|
++ MINSIZE bytes long, it is replenished.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ 2. Chunks allocated via mmap, which have the second-lowest-order
|
|
|
++ bit (IS_MMAPPED) set in their size fields. Because they are
|
|
|
++ allocated one-by-one, each must contain its own trailing size field.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ ---------- Size and alignment checks and conversions ----------
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* conversion from malloc headers to user pointers, and back */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define chunk2mem(p) ((Void_t*)((char*)(p) + 2*SIZE_SZ))
|
|
|
++#define mem2chunk(mem) ((mchunkptr)((char*)(mem) - 2*SIZE_SZ))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* The smallest possible chunk */
|
|
|
++#define MIN_CHUNK_SIZE (sizeof(struct malloc_chunk))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* The smallest size we can malloc is an aligned minimal chunk */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define MINSIZE \
|
|
|
++ (unsigned long)(((MIN_CHUNK_SIZE+MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK) & ~MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Check if m has acceptable alignment */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define aligned_OK(m) (((unsigned long)((m)) & (MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK)) == 0)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Check if a request is so large that it would wrap around zero when
|
|
|
++ padded and aligned. To simplify some other code, the bound is made
|
|
|
++ low enough so that adding MINSIZE will also not wrap around zero.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define REQUEST_OUT_OF_RANGE(req) \
|
|
|
++ ((unsigned long)(req) >= \
|
|
|
++ (unsigned long)(INTERNAL_SIZE_T)(-2 * MINSIZE))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* pad request bytes into a usable size -- internal version */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define request2size(req) \
|
|
|
++ (((req) + SIZE_SZ + MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK < MINSIZE) ? \
|
|
|
++ MINSIZE : \
|
|
|
++ ((req) + SIZE_SZ + MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK) & ~MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Same, except also perform argument check */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define checked_request2size(req, sz) \
|
|
|
++ if (REQUEST_OUT_OF_RANGE(req)) { \
|
|
|
++ MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION; \
|
|
|
++ return 0; \
|
|
|
++ } \
|
|
|
++ (sz) = request2size(req);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ --------------- Physical chunk operations ---------------
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* size field is or'ed with PREV_INUSE when previous adjacent chunk in use */
|
|
|
++#define PREV_INUSE 0x1
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* extract inuse bit of previous chunk */
|
|
|
++#define prev_inuse(p) ((p)->size & PREV_INUSE)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* size field is or'ed with IS_MMAPPED if the chunk was obtained with mmap() */
|
|
|
++#define IS_MMAPPED 0x2
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* check for mmap()'ed chunk */
|
|
|
++#define chunk_is_mmapped(p) ((p)->size & IS_MMAPPED)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Bits to mask off when extracting size
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Note: IS_MMAPPED is intentionally not masked off from size field in
|
|
|
++ macros for which mmapped chunks should never be seen. This should
|
|
|
++ cause helpful core dumps to occur if it is tried by accident by
|
|
|
++ people extending or adapting this malloc.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++#define SIZE_BITS (PREV_INUSE|IS_MMAPPED)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Get size, ignoring use bits */
|
|
|
++#define chunksize(p) ((p)->size & ~(SIZE_BITS))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Ptr to next physical malloc_chunk. */
|
|
|
++#define next_chunk(p) ((mchunkptr)( ((char*)(p)) + ((p)->size & ~PREV_INUSE) ))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Ptr to previous physical malloc_chunk */
|
|
|
++#define prev_chunk(p) ((mchunkptr)( ((char*)(p)) - ((p)->prev_size) ))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Treat space at ptr + offset as a chunk */
|
|
|
++#define chunk_at_offset(p, s) ((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s)))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* extract p's inuse bit */
|
|
|
++#define inuse(p)\
|
|
|
++((((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p))+((p)->size & ~PREV_INUSE)))->size) & PREV_INUSE)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* set/clear chunk as being inuse without otherwise disturbing */
|
|
|
++#define set_inuse(p)\
|
|
|
++((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + ((p)->size & ~PREV_INUSE)))->size |= PREV_INUSE
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define clear_inuse(p)\
|
|
|
++((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + ((p)->size & ~PREV_INUSE)))->size &= ~(PREV_INUSE)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* check/set/clear inuse bits in known places */
|
|
|
++#define inuse_bit_at_offset(p, s)\
|
|
|
++ (((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s)))->size & PREV_INUSE)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define set_inuse_bit_at_offset(p, s)\
|
|
|
++ (((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s)))->size |= PREV_INUSE)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define clear_inuse_bit_at_offset(p, s)\
|
|
|
++ (((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s)))->size &= ~(PREV_INUSE))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Set size at head, without disturbing its use bit */
|
|
|
++#define set_head_size(p, s) ((p)->size = (((p)->size & PREV_INUSE) | (s)))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Set size/use field */
|
|
|
++#define set_head(p, s) ((p)->size = (s))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Set size at footer (only when chunk is not in use) */
|
|
|
++#define set_foot(p, s) (((mchunkptr)((char*)(p) + (s)))->prev_size = (s))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ -------------------- Internal data structures --------------------
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ All internal state is held in an instance of malloc_state defined
|
|
|
++ below. There are no other static variables, except in two optional
|
|
|
++ cases:
|
|
|
++ * If USE_MALLOC_LOCK is defined, the mALLOC_MUTEx declared above.
|
|
|
++ * If HAVE_MMAP is true, but mmap doesn't support
|
|
|
++ MAP_ANONYMOUS, a dummy file descriptor for mmap.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Beware of lots of tricks that minimize the total bookkeeping space
|
|
|
++ requirements. The result is a little over 1K bytes (for 4byte
|
|
|
++ pointers and size_t.)
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Bins
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ An array of bin headers for free chunks. Each bin is doubly
|
|
|
++ linked. The bins are approximately proportionally (log) spaced.
|
|
|
++ There are a lot of these bins (128). This may look excessive, but
|
|
|
++ works very well in practice. Most bins hold sizes that are
|
|
|
++ unusual as malloc request sizes, but are more usual for fragments
|
|
|
++ and consolidated sets of chunks, which is what these bins hold, so
|
|
|
++ they can be found quickly. All procedures maintain the invariant
|
|
|
++ that no consolidated chunk physically borders another one, so each
|
|
|
++ chunk in a list is known to be preceded and followed by either
|
|
|
++ inuse chunks or the ends of memory.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Chunks in bins are kept in size order, with ties going to the
|
|
|
++ approximately least recently used chunk. Ordering isn't needed
|
|
|
++ for the small bins, which all contain the same-sized chunks, but
|
|
|
++ facilitates best-fit allocation for larger chunks. These lists
|
|
|
++ are just sequential. Keeping them in order almost never requires
|
|
|
++ enough traversal to warrant using fancier ordered data
|
|
|
++ structures.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Chunks of the same size are linked with the most
|
|
|
++ recently freed at the front, and allocations are taken from the
|
|
|
++ back. This results in LRU (FIFO) allocation order, which tends
|
|
|
++ to give each chunk an equal opportunity to be consolidated with
|
|
|
++ adjacent freed chunks, resulting in larger free chunks and less
|
|
|
++ fragmentation.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ To simplify use in double-linked lists, each bin header acts
|
|
|
++ as a malloc_chunk. This avoids special-casing for headers.
|
|
|
++ But to conserve space and improve locality, we allocate
|
|
|
++ only the fd/bk pointers of bins, and then use repositioning tricks
|
|
|
++ to treat these as the fields of a malloc_chunk*.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++typedef struct malloc_chunk* mbinptr;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* addressing -- note that bin_at(0) does not exist */
|
|
|
++#define bin_at(m, i) ((mbinptr)((char*)&((m)->bins[(i)<<1]) - (SIZE_SZ<<1)))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* analog of ++bin */
|
|
|
++#define next_bin(b) ((mbinptr)((char*)(b) + (sizeof(mchunkptr)<<1)))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Reminders about list directionality within bins */
|
|
|
++#define first(b) ((b)->fd)
|
|
|
++#define last(b) ((b)->bk)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Take a chunk off a bin list */
|
|
|
++#define unlink(P, BK, FD) { \
|
|
|
++ FD = P->fd; \
|
|
|
++ BK = P->bk; \
|
|
|
++ FD->bk = BK; \
|
|
|
++ BK->fd = FD; \
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Indexing
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Bins for sizes < 512 bytes contain chunks of all the same size, spaced
|
|
|
++ 8 bytes apart. Larger bins are approximately logarithmically spaced:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ 64 bins of size 8
|
|
|
++ 32 bins of size 64
|
|
|
++ 16 bins of size 512
|
|
|
++ 8 bins of size 4096
|
|
|
++ 4 bins of size 32768
|
|
|
++ 2 bins of size 262144
|
|
|
++ 1 bin of size what's left
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ There is actually a little bit of slop in the numbers in bin_index
|
|
|
++ for the sake of speed. This makes no difference elsewhere.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The bins top out around 1MB because we expect to service large
|
|
|
++ requests via mmap.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define NBINS 128
|
|
|
++#define NSMALLBINS 64
|
|
|
++#define SMALLBIN_WIDTH 8
|
|
|
++#define MIN_LARGE_SIZE 512
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define in_smallbin_range(sz) \
|
|
|
++ ((unsigned long)(sz) < (unsigned long)MIN_LARGE_SIZE)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define smallbin_index(sz) (((unsigned)(sz)) >> 3)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define largebin_index(sz) \
|
|
|
++(((((unsigned long)(sz)) >> 6) <= 32)? 56 + (((unsigned long)(sz)) >> 6): \
|
|
|
++ ((((unsigned long)(sz)) >> 9) <= 20)? 91 + (((unsigned long)(sz)) >> 9): \
|
|
|
++ ((((unsigned long)(sz)) >> 12) <= 10)? 110 + (((unsigned long)(sz)) >> 12): \
|
|
|
++ ((((unsigned long)(sz)) >> 15) <= 4)? 119 + (((unsigned long)(sz)) >> 15): \
|
|
|
++ ((((unsigned long)(sz)) >> 18) <= 2)? 124 + (((unsigned long)(sz)) >> 18): \
|
|
|
++ 126)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define bin_index(sz) \
|
|
|
++ ((in_smallbin_range(sz)) ? smallbin_index(sz) : largebin_index(sz))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Unsorted chunks
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ All remainders from chunk splits, as well as all returned chunks,
|
|
|
++ are first placed in the "unsorted" bin. They are then placed
|
|
|
++ in regular bins after malloc gives them ONE chance to be used before
|
|
|
++ binning. So, basically, the unsorted_chunks list acts as a queue,
|
|
|
++ with chunks being placed on it in free (and malloc_consolidate),
|
|
|
++ and taken off (to be either used or placed in bins) in malloc.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* The otherwise unindexable 1-bin is used to hold unsorted chunks. */
|
|
|
++#define unsorted_chunks(M) (bin_at(M, 1))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Top
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The top-most available chunk (i.e., the one bordering the end of
|
|
|
++ available memory) is treated specially. It is never included in
|
|
|
++ any bin, is used only if no other chunk is available, and is
|
|
|
++ released back to the system if it is very large (see
|
|
|
++ M_TRIM_THRESHOLD). Because top initially
|
|
|
++ points to its own bin with initial zero size, thus forcing
|
|
|
++ extension on the first malloc request, we avoid having any special
|
|
|
++ code in malloc to check whether it even exists yet. But we still
|
|
|
++ need to do so when getting memory from system, so we make
|
|
|
++ initial_top treat the bin as a legal but unusable chunk during the
|
|
|
++ interval between initialization and the first call to
|
|
|
++ sYSMALLOc. (This is somewhat delicate, since it relies on
|
|
|
++ the 2 preceding words to be zero during this interval as well.)
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Conveniently, the unsorted bin can be used as dummy top on first call */
|
|
|
++#define initial_top(M) (unsorted_chunks(M))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Binmap
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ To help compensate for the large number of bins, a one-level index
|
|
|
++ structure is used for bin-by-bin searching. `binmap' is a
|
|
|
++ bitvector recording whether bins are definitely empty so they can
|
|
|
++ be skipped over during during traversals. The bits are NOT always
|
|
|
++ cleared as soon as bins are empty, but instead only
|
|
|
++ when they are noticed to be empty during traversal in malloc.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Conservatively use 32 bits per map word, even if on 64bit system */
|
|
|
++#define BINMAPSHIFT 5
|
|
|
++#define BITSPERMAP (1U << BINMAPSHIFT)
|
|
|
++#define BINMAPSIZE (NBINS / BITSPERMAP)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define idx2block(i) ((i) >> BINMAPSHIFT)
|
|
|
++#define idx2bit(i) ((1U << ((i) & ((1U << BINMAPSHIFT)-1))))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define mark_bin(m,i) ((m)->binmap[idx2block(i)] |= idx2bit(i))
|
|
|
++#define unmark_bin(m,i) ((m)->binmap[idx2block(i)] &= ~(idx2bit(i)))
|
|
|
++#define get_binmap(m,i) ((m)->binmap[idx2block(i)] & idx2bit(i))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Fastbins
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ An array of lists holding recently freed small chunks. Fastbins
|
|
|
++ are not doubly linked. It is faster to single-link them, and
|
|
|
++ since chunks are never removed from the middles of these lists,
|
|
|
++ double linking is not necessary. Also, unlike regular bins, they
|
|
|
++ are not even processed in FIFO order (they use faster LIFO) since
|
|
|
++ ordering doesn't much matter in the transient contexts in which
|
|
|
++ fastbins are normally used.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Chunks in fastbins keep their inuse bit set, so they cannot
|
|
|
++ be consolidated with other free chunks. malloc_consolidate
|
|
|
++ releases all chunks in fastbins and consolidates them with
|
|
|
++ other free chunks.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++typedef struct malloc_chunk* mfastbinptr;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* offset 2 to use otherwise unindexable first 2 bins */
|
|
|
++#define fastbin_index(sz) ((((unsigned int)(sz)) >> 3) - 2)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* The maximum fastbin request size we support */
|
|
|
++#define MAX_FAST_SIZE 80
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define NFASTBINS (fastbin_index(request2size(MAX_FAST_SIZE))+1)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ FASTBIN_CONSOLIDATION_THRESHOLD is the size of a chunk in free()
|
|
|
++ that triggers automatic consolidation of possibly-surrounding
|
|
|
++ fastbin chunks. This is a heuristic, so the exact value should not
|
|
|
++ matter too much. It is defined at half the default trim threshold as a
|
|
|
++ compromise heuristic to only attempt consolidation if it is likely
|
|
|
++ to lead to trimming. However, it is not dynamically tunable, since
|
|
|
++ consolidation reduces fragmentation surrounding loarge chunks even
|
|
|
++ if trimming is not used.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define FASTBIN_CONSOLIDATION_THRESHOLD (65536UL)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Since the lowest 2 bits in max_fast don't matter in size comparisons,
|
|
|
++ they are used as flags.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ FASTCHUNKS_BIT held in max_fast indicates that there are probably
|
|
|
++ some fastbin chunks. It is set true on entering a chunk into any
|
|
|
++ fastbin, and cleared only in malloc_consolidate.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The truth value is inverted so that have_fastchunks will be true
|
|
|
++ upon startup (since statics are zero-filled), simplifying
|
|
|
++ initialization checks.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define FASTCHUNKS_BIT (1U)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define have_fastchunks(M) (((M)->max_fast & FASTCHUNKS_BIT) == 0)
|
|
|
++#define clear_fastchunks(M) ((M)->max_fast |= FASTCHUNKS_BIT)
|
|
|
++#define set_fastchunks(M) ((M)->max_fast &= ~FASTCHUNKS_BIT)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT indicates that MORECORE does not return contiguous
|
|
|
++ regions. Otherwise, contiguity is exploited in merging together,
|
|
|
++ when possible, results from consecutive MORECORE calls.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The initial value comes from MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS, but is
|
|
|
++ changed dynamically if mmap is ever used as an sbrk substitute.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT (2U)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define contiguous(M) (((M)->max_fast & NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT) == 0)
|
|
|
++#define noncontiguous(M) (((M)->max_fast & NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT) != 0)
|
|
|
++#define set_noncontiguous(M) ((M)->max_fast |= NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT)
|
|
|
++#define set_contiguous(M) ((M)->max_fast &= ~NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Set value of max_fast.
|
|
|
++ Use impossibly small value if 0.
|
|
|
++ Precondition: there are no existing fastbin chunks.
|
|
|
++ Setting the value clears fastchunk bit but preserves noncontiguous bit.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define set_max_fast(M, s) \
|
|
|
++ (M)->max_fast = (((s) == 0)? SMALLBIN_WIDTH: request2size(s)) | \
|
|
|
++ FASTCHUNKS_BIT | \
|
|
|
++ ((M)->max_fast & NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ ----------- Internal state representation and initialization -----------
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++struct malloc_state {
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* The maximum chunk size to be eligible for fastbin */
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T max_fast; /* low 2 bits used as flags */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Fastbins */
|
|
|
++ mfastbinptr fastbins[NFASTBINS];
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Base of the topmost chunk -- not otherwise kept in a bin */
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr top;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* The remainder from the most recent split of a small request */
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr last_remainder;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Normal bins packed as described above */
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr bins[NBINS * 2];
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Bitmap of bins */
|
|
|
++ unsigned int binmap[BINMAPSIZE];
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Tunable parameters */
|
|
|
++ unsigned long trim_threshold;
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T top_pad;
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T mmap_threshold;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Memory map support */
|
|
|
++ int n_mmaps;
|
|
|
++ int n_mmaps_max;
|
|
|
++ int max_n_mmaps;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Cache malloc_getpagesize */
|
|
|
++ unsigned int pagesize;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Statistics */
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T mmapped_mem;
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T sbrked_mem;
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T max_sbrked_mem;
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T max_mmapped_mem;
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T max_total_mem;
|
|
|
++};
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++typedef struct malloc_state *mstate;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ There is exactly one instance of this struct in this malloc.
|
|
|
++ If you are adapting this malloc in a way that does NOT use a static
|
|
|
++ malloc_state, you MUST explicitly zero-fill it before using. This
|
|
|
++ malloc relies on the property that malloc_state is initialized to
|
|
|
++ all zeroes (as is true of C statics).
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++static struct malloc_state av_; /* never directly referenced */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ All uses of av_ are via get_malloc_state().
|
|
|
++ At most one "call" to get_malloc_state is made per invocation of
|
|
|
++ the public versions of malloc and free, but other routines
|
|
|
++ that in turn invoke malloc and/or free may call more then once.
|
|
|
++ Also, it is called in check* routines if DEBUG is set.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define get_malloc_state() (&(av_))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Initialize a malloc_state struct.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ This is called only from within malloc_consolidate, which needs
|
|
|
++ be called in the same contexts anyway. It is never called directly
|
|
|
++ outside of malloc_consolidate because some optimizing compilers try
|
|
|
++ to inline it at all call points, which turns out not to be an
|
|
|
++ optimization at all. (Inlining it in malloc_consolidate is fine though.)
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++static void malloc_init_state(mstate av)
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++static void malloc_init_state(av) mstate av;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ int i;
|
|
|
++ mbinptr bin;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Establish circular links for normal bins */
|
|
|
++ for (i = 1; i < NBINS; ++i) {
|
|
|
++ bin = bin_at(av,i);
|
|
|
++ bin->fd = bin->bk = bin;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ av->top_pad = DEFAULT_TOP_PAD;
|
|
|
++ av->n_mmaps_max = DEFAULT_MMAP_MAX;
|
|
|
++ av->mmap_threshold = DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD;
|
|
|
++ av->trim_threshold = DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#if !MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS
|
|
|
++ set_noncontiguous(av);
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ set_max_fast(av, DEFAULT_MXFAST);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ av->top = initial_top(av);
|
|
|
++ av->pagesize = malloc_getpagesize;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Other internal utilities operating on mstates
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++static Void_t* sYSMALLOc(INTERNAL_SIZE_T, mstate);
|
|
|
++static int sYSTRIm(size_t, mstate);
|
|
|
++static void malloc_consolidate(mstate);
|
|
|
++static Void_t** iALLOc(size_t, size_t*, int, Void_t**);
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++static Void_t* sYSMALLOc();
|
|
|
++static int sYSTRIm();
|
|
|
++static void malloc_consolidate();
|
|
|
++static Void_t** iALLOc();
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Debugging support
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ These routines make a number of assertions about the states
|
|
|
++ of data structures that should be true at all times. If any
|
|
|
++ are not true, it's very likely that a user program has somehow
|
|
|
++ trashed memory. (It's also possible that there is a coding error
|
|
|
++ in malloc. In which case, please report it!)
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef DEBUG
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define check_chunk(P)
|
|
|
++#define check_free_chunk(P)
|
|
|
++#define check_inuse_chunk(P)
|
|
|
++#define check_remalloced_chunk(P,N)
|
|
|
++#define check_malloced_chunk(P,N)
|
|
|
++#define check_malloc_state()
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++#define check_chunk(P) do_check_chunk(P)
|
|
|
++#define check_free_chunk(P) do_check_free_chunk(P)
|
|
|
++#define check_inuse_chunk(P) do_check_inuse_chunk(P)
|
|
|
++#define check_remalloced_chunk(P,N) do_check_remalloced_chunk(P,N)
|
|
|
++#define check_malloced_chunk(P,N) do_check_malloced_chunk(P,N)
|
|
|
++#define check_malloc_state() do_check_malloc_state()
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Properties of all chunks
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++INLINE
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++static void do_check_chunk(mchunkptr p)
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++static void do_check_chunk(p) mchunkptr p;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ mstate av = get_malloc_state();
|
|
|
++ unsigned long sz = chunksize(p);
|
|
|
++ /* min and max possible addresses assuming contiguous allocation */
|
|
|
++ char* max_address = (char*)(av->top) + chunksize(av->top);
|
|
|
++ char* min_address = max_address - av->sbrked_mem;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (!chunk_is_mmapped(p)) {
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Has legal address ... */
|
|
|
++ if (p != av->top) {
|
|
|
++ if (contiguous(av)) {
|
|
|
++ assert(((char*)p) >= min_address);
|
|
|
++ assert(((char*)p + sz) <= ((char*)(av->top)));
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++ /* top size is always at least MINSIZE */
|
|
|
++ assert((unsigned long)(sz) >= MINSIZE);
|
|
|
++ /* top predecessor always marked inuse */
|
|
|
++ assert(prev_inuse(p));
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++#if HAVE_MMAP
|
|
|
++ /* address is outside main heap */
|
|
|
++ if (contiguous(av) && av->top != initial_top(av)) {
|
|
|
++ assert(((char*)p) < min_address || ((char*)p) > max_address);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ /* chunk is page-aligned */
|
|
|
++ assert(((p->prev_size + sz) & (av->pagesize-1)) == 0);
|
|
|
++ /* mem is aligned */
|
|
|
++ assert(aligned_OK(chunk2mem(p)));
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++ /* force an appropriate assert violation if debug set */
|
|
|
++ assert(!chunk_is_mmapped(p));
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Properties of free chunks
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++INLINE
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++static void do_check_free_chunk(mchunkptr p)
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++static void do_check_free_chunk(p) mchunkptr p;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ mstate av = get_malloc_state();
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T sz = p->size & ~PREV_INUSE;
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr next = chunk_at_offset(p, sz);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ do_check_chunk(p);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Chunk must claim to be free ... */
|
|
|
++ assert(!inuse(p));
|
|
|
++ assert (!chunk_is_mmapped(p));
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Unless a special marker, must have OK fields */
|
|
|
++ if ((unsigned long)(sz) >= MINSIZE)
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++ assert((sz & MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK) == 0);
|
|
|
++ assert(aligned_OK(chunk2mem(p)));
|
|
|
++ /* ... matching footer field */
|
|
|
++ assert(next->prev_size == sz);
|
|
|
++ /* ... and is fully consolidated */
|
|
|
++ assert(prev_inuse(p));
|
|
|
++ assert (next == av->top || inuse(next));
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* ... and has minimally sane links */
|
|
|
++ assert(p->fd->bk == p);
|
|
|
++ assert(p->bk->fd == p);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ else /* markers are always of size SIZE_SZ */
|
|
|
++ assert(sz == SIZE_SZ);
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Properties of inuse chunks
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++INLINE
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++static void do_check_inuse_chunk(mchunkptr p)
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++static void do_check_inuse_chunk(p) mchunkptr p;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ mstate av = get_malloc_state();
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr next;
|
|
|
++ do_check_chunk(p);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (chunk_is_mmapped(p))
|
|
|
++ return; /* mmapped chunks have no next/prev */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Check whether it claims to be in use ... */
|
|
|
++ assert(inuse(p));
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ next = next_chunk(p);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* ... and is surrounded by OK chunks.
|
|
|
++ Since more things can be checked with free chunks than inuse ones,
|
|
|
++ if an inuse chunk borders them and debug is on, it's worth doing them.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++ if (!prev_inuse(p)) {
|
|
|
++ /* Note that we cannot even look at prev unless it is not inuse */
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr prv = prev_chunk(p);
|
|
|
++ assert(next_chunk(prv) == p);
|
|
|
++ do_check_free_chunk(prv);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (next == av->top) {
|
|
|
++ assert(prev_inuse(next));
|
|
|
++ assert(chunksize(next) >= MINSIZE);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ else if (!inuse(next))
|
|
|
++ do_check_free_chunk(next);
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Properties of chunks recycled from fastbins
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++INLINE
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++static void do_check_remalloced_chunk(mchunkptr p, INTERNAL_SIZE_T s)
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++static void do_check_remalloced_chunk(p, s) mchunkptr p; INTERNAL_SIZE_T s;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T sz = p->size & ~PREV_INUSE;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ do_check_inuse_chunk(p);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Legal size ... */
|
|
|
++ assert((sz & MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK) == 0);
|
|
|
++ assert((unsigned long)(sz) >= MINSIZE);
|
|
|
++ /* ... and alignment */
|
|
|
++ assert(aligned_OK(chunk2mem(p)));
|
|
|
++ /* chunk is less than MINSIZE more than request */
|
|
|
++ assert((long)(sz) - (long)(s) >= 0);
|
|
|
++ assert((long)(sz) - (long)(s + MINSIZE) < 0);
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Properties of nonrecycled chunks at the point they are malloced
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++INLINE
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++static void do_check_malloced_chunk(mchunkptr p, INTERNAL_SIZE_T s)
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++static void do_check_malloced_chunk(p, s) mchunkptr p; INTERNAL_SIZE_T s;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ /* same as recycled case ... */
|
|
|
++ do_check_remalloced_chunk(p, s);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ ... plus, must obey implementation invariant that prev_inuse is
|
|
|
++ always true of any allocated chunk; i.e., that each allocated
|
|
|
++ chunk borders either a previously allocated and still in-use
|
|
|
++ chunk, or the base of its memory arena. This is ensured
|
|
|
++ by making all allocations from the the `lowest' part of any found
|
|
|
++ chunk. This does not necessarily hold however for chunks
|
|
|
++ recycled via fastbins.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ assert(prev_inuse(p));
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ Properties of malloc_state.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ This may be useful for debugging malloc, as well as detecting user
|
|
|
++ programmer errors that somehow write into malloc_state.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ If you are extending or experimenting with this malloc, you can
|
|
|
++ probably figure out how to hack this routine to print out or
|
|
|
++ display chunk addresses, sizes, bins, and other instrumentation.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++static void do_check_malloc_state()
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ mstate av = get_malloc_state();
|
|
|
++ int i;
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr p;
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr q;
|
|
|
++ mbinptr b;
|
|
|
++ unsigned int binbit;
|
|
|
++ int empty;
|
|
|
++ unsigned int idx;
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T size;
|
|
|
++ unsigned long total = 0;
|
|
|
++ int max_fast_bin;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* internal size_t must be no wider than pointer type */
|
|
|
++ assert(sizeof(INTERNAL_SIZE_T) <= sizeof(char*));
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* alignment is a power of 2 */
|
|
|
++ assert((MALLOC_ALIGNMENT & (MALLOC_ALIGNMENT-1)) == 0);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* cannot run remaining checks until fully initialized */
|
|
|
++ if (av->top == 0 || av->top == initial_top(av))
|
|
|
++ return;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* pagesize is a power of 2 */
|
|
|
++ assert((av->pagesize & (av->pagesize-1)) == 0);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* properties of fastbins */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* max_fast is in allowed range */
|
|
|
++ assert((av->max_fast & ~1) <= request2size(MAX_FAST_SIZE));
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ max_fast_bin = fastbin_index(av->max_fast);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ for (i = 0; i < NFASTBINS; ++i) {
|
|
|
++ p = av->fastbins[i];
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* all bins past max_fast are empty */
|
|
|
++ if (i > max_fast_bin)
|
|
|
++ assert(p == 0);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ while (p != 0) {
|
|
|
++ /* each chunk claims to be inuse */
|
|
|
++ do_check_inuse_chunk(p);
|
|
|
++ total += chunksize(p);
|
|
|
++ /* chunk belongs in this bin */
|
|
|
++ assert(fastbin_index(chunksize(p)) == i);
|
|
|
++ p = p->fd;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (total != 0)
|
|
|
++ assert(have_fastchunks(av));
|
|
|
++ else if (!have_fastchunks(av))
|
|
|
++ assert(total == 0);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* check normal bins */
|
|
|
++ for (i = 1; i < NBINS; ++i) {
|
|
|
++ b = bin_at(av,i);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* binmap is accurate (except for bin 1 == unsorted_chunks) */
|
|
|
++ if (i >= 2) {
|
|
|
++ binbit = get_binmap(av,i);
|
|
|
++ empty = last(b) == b;
|
|
|
++ if (!binbit)
|
|
|
++ assert(empty);
|
|
|
++ else if (!empty)
|
|
|
++ assert(binbit);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ for (p = last(b); p != b; p = p->bk) {
|
|
|
++ /* each chunk claims to be free */
|
|
|
++ do_check_free_chunk(p);
|
|
|
++ size = chunksize(p);
|
|
|
++ total += size;
|
|
|
++ if (i >= 2) {
|
|
|
++ /* chunk belongs in bin */
|
|
|
++ idx = bin_index(size);
|
|
|
++ assert(idx == i);
|
|
|
++ /* lists are sorted */
|
|
|
++ assert(p->bk == b ||
|
|
|
++ (unsigned long)chunksize(p->bk) >= (unsigned long)chunksize(p));
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ /* chunk is followed by a legal chain of inuse chunks */
|
|
|
++ for (q = next_chunk(p);
|
|
|
++ (q != av->top && inuse(q) &&
|
|
|
++ (unsigned long)(chunksize(q)) >= MINSIZE);
|
|
|
++ q = next_chunk(q))
|
|
|
++ do_check_inuse_chunk(q);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* top chunk is OK */
|
|
|
++ check_chunk(av->top);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* sanity checks for statistics */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ assert(total <= (unsigned long)(av->max_total_mem));
|
|
|
++ assert(av->n_mmaps >= 0);
|
|
|
++ assert(av->n_mmaps <= av->n_mmaps_max);
|
|
|
++ assert(av->n_mmaps <= av->max_n_mmaps);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ assert((unsigned long)(av->sbrked_mem) <=
|
|
|
++ (unsigned long)(av->max_sbrked_mem));
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ assert((unsigned long)(av->mmapped_mem) <=
|
|
|
++ (unsigned long)(av->max_mmapped_mem));
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ assert((unsigned long)(av->max_total_mem) >=
|
|
|
++ (unsigned long)(av->mmapped_mem) + (unsigned long)(av->sbrked_mem));
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* ----------- Routines dealing with system allocation -------------- */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ sYSTRIm is an inverse of sorts to sYSMALLOc. It gives memory back
|
|
|
++ to the system (via negative arguments to sbrk) if there is unused
|
|
|
++ memory at the `high' end of the malloc pool. It is called
|
|
|
++ automatically by free() when top space exceeds the trim
|
|
|
++ threshold. It is also called by the public malloc_trim routine. It
|
|
|
++ returns 1 if it actually released any memory, else 0.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++INLINE
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++static int sYSTRIm(size_t pad, mstate av)
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++static int sYSTRIm(pad, av) size_t pad; mstate av;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ long top_size; /* Amount of top-most memory */
|
|
|
++ long extra; /* Amount to release */
|
|
|
++ long released; /* Amount actually released */
|
|
|
++ char* current_brk; /* address returned by pre-check sbrk call */
|
|
|
++ char* new_brk; /* address returned by post-check sbrk call */
|
|
|
++ size_t pagesz;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ pagesz = av->pagesize;
|
|
|
++ top_size = chunksize(av->top);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Release in pagesize units, keeping at least one page */
|
|
|
++ extra = ((top_size - pad - MINSIZE + (pagesz-1)) / pagesz - 1) * pagesz;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (extra > 0) {
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Only proceed if end of memory is where we last set it.
|
|
|
++ This avoids problems if there were foreign sbrk calls.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++ current_brk = (char*)(MORECORE(0));
|
|
|
++ if (current_brk == (char*)(av->top) + top_size) {
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Attempt to release memory. We ignore MORECORE return value,
|
|
|
++ and instead call again to find out where new end of memory is.
|
|
|
++ This avoids problems if first call releases less than we asked,
|
|
|
++ of if failure somehow altered brk value. (We could still
|
|
|
++ encounter problems if it altered brk in some very bad way,
|
|
|
++ but the only thing we can do is adjust anyway, which will cause
|
|
|
++ some downstream failure.)
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ MORECORE(-extra);
|
|
|
++ new_brk = (char*)(MORECORE(0));
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (new_brk != (char*)MORECORE_FAILURE) {
|
|
|
++ released = (long)(current_brk - new_brk);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (released != 0) {
|
|
|
++ /* Success. Adjust top. */
|
|
|
++ av->sbrked_mem -= released;
|
|
|
++ set_head(av->top, (top_size - released) | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ check_malloc_state();
|
|
|
++ return 1;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ ------------------------- malloc_consolidate -------------------------
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ malloc_consolidate is a specialized version of free() that tears
|
|
|
++ down chunks held in fastbins. Free itself cannot be used for this
|
|
|
++ purpose since, among other things, it might place chunks back onto
|
|
|
++ fastbins. So, instead, we need to use a minor variant of the same
|
|
|
++ code.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Also, because this routine needs to be called the first time through
|
|
|
++ malloc anyway, it turns out to be the perfect place to trigger
|
|
|
++ initialization code.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++INLINE
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++static void malloc_consolidate(mstate av)
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++static void malloc_consolidate(av) mstate av;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ mfastbinptr* fb; /* current fastbin being consolidated */
|
|
|
++ mfastbinptr* maxfb; /* last fastbin (for loop control) */
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr p; /* current chunk being consolidated */
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr nextp; /* next chunk to consolidate */
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr unsorted_bin; /* bin header */
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr first_unsorted; /* chunk to link to */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* These have same use as in free() */
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr nextchunk;
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T size;
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T nextsize;
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T prevsize;
|
|
|
++ int nextinuse;
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr bck;
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr fwd;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ If max_fast is 0, we know that av hasn't
|
|
|
++ yet been initialized, in which case do so below
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (av->max_fast != 0) {
|
|
|
++ clear_fastchunks(av);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ unsorted_bin = unsorted_chunks(av);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Remove each chunk from fast bin and consolidate it, placing it
|
|
|
++ then in unsorted bin. Among other reasons for doing this,
|
|
|
++ placing in unsorted bin avoids needing to calculate actual bins
|
|
|
++ until malloc is sure that chunks aren't immediately going to be
|
|
|
++ reused anyway.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ maxfb = &(av->fastbins[fastbin_index(av->max_fast)]);
|
|
|
++ fb = &(av->fastbins[0]);
|
|
|
++ do {
|
|
|
++ if ( (p = *fb) != 0) {
|
|
|
++ *fb = 0;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ do {
|
|
|
++ check_inuse_chunk(p);
|
|
|
++ nextp = p->fd;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Slightly streamlined version of consolidation code in free() */
|
|
|
++ size = p->size & ~PREV_INUSE;
|
|
|
++ nextchunk = chunk_at_offset(p, size);
|
|
|
++ nextsize = chunksize(nextchunk);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (!prev_inuse(p)) {
|
|
|
++ prevsize = p->prev_size;
|
|
|
++ size += prevsize;
|
|
|
++ p = chunk_at_offset(p, -((long) prevsize));
|
|
|
++ unlink(p, bck, fwd);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (nextchunk != av->top) {
|
|
|
++ nextinuse = inuse_bit_at_offset(nextchunk, nextsize);
|
|
|
++ set_head(nextchunk, nextsize);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (!nextinuse) {
|
|
|
++ size += nextsize;
|
|
|
++ unlink(nextchunk, bck, fwd);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ first_unsorted = unsorted_bin->fd;
|
|
|
++ unsorted_bin->fd = p;
|
|
|
++ first_unsorted->bk = p;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ set_head(p, size | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ p->bk = unsorted_bin;
|
|
|
++ p->fd = first_unsorted;
|
|
|
++ set_foot(p, size);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++ size += nextsize;
|
|
|
++ set_head(p, size | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ av->top = p;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ } while ( (p = nextp) != 0);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ } while (fb++ != maxfb);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++ malloc_init_state(av);
|
|
|
++ check_malloc_state();
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ ------------------------------ free ------------------------------
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++INLINE
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++void fREe(Void_t* mem)
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++void fREe(mem) Void_t* mem;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ mstate av = get_malloc_state();
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr p; /* chunk corresponding to mem */
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T size; /* its size */
|
|
|
++ mfastbinptr* fb; /* associated fastbin */
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr nextchunk; /* next contiguous chunk */
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T nextsize; /* its size */
|
|
|
++ int nextinuse; /* true if nextchunk is used */
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T prevsize; /* size of previous contiguous chunk */
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr bck; /* misc temp for linking */
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr fwd; /* misc temp for linking */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* free(0) has no effect */
|
|
|
++ if (mem != 0) {
|
|
|
++ p = mem2chunk(mem);
|
|
|
++ size = chunksize(p);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ check_inuse_chunk(p);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ If eligible, place chunk on a fastbin so it can be found
|
|
|
++ and used quickly in malloc.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if ((unsigned long)(size) <= (unsigned long)(av->max_fast)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#if TRIM_FASTBINS
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ If TRIM_FASTBINS set, don't place chunks
|
|
|
++ bordering top into fastbins
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++ && (chunk_at_offset(p, size) != av->top)
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ ) {
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ set_fastchunks(av);
|
|
|
++ fb = &(av->fastbins[fastbin_index(size)]);
|
|
|
++ p->fd = *fb;
|
|
|
++ *fb = p;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Consolidate other non-mmapped chunks as they arrive.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ else if (!chunk_is_mmapped(p)) {
|
|
|
++ nextchunk = chunk_at_offset(p, size);
|
|
|
++ nextsize = chunksize(nextchunk);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* consolidate backward */
|
|
|
++ if (!prev_inuse(p)) {
|
|
|
++ prevsize = p->prev_size;
|
|
|
++ size += prevsize;
|
|
|
++ p = chunk_at_offset(p, -((long) prevsize));
|
|
|
++ unlink(p, bck, fwd);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (nextchunk != av->top) {
|
|
|
++ /* get and clear inuse bit */
|
|
|
++ nextinuse = inuse_bit_at_offset(nextchunk, nextsize);
|
|
|
++ set_head(nextchunk, nextsize);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* consolidate forward */
|
|
|
++ if (!nextinuse) {
|
|
|
++ unlink(nextchunk, bck, fwd);
|
|
|
++ size += nextsize;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Place the chunk in unsorted chunk list. Chunks are
|
|
|
++ not placed into regular bins until after they have
|
|
|
++ been given one chance to be used in malloc.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ bck = unsorted_chunks(av);
|
|
|
++ fwd = bck->fd;
|
|
|
++ p->bk = bck;
|
|
|
++ p->fd = fwd;
|
|
|
++ bck->fd = p;
|
|
|
++ fwd->bk = p;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ set_head(p, size | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ set_foot(p, size);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ check_free_chunk(p);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ If the chunk borders the current high end of memory,
|
|
|
++ consolidate into top
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++ size += nextsize;
|
|
|
++ set_head(p, size | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ av->top = p;
|
|
|
++ check_chunk(p);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ If freeing a large space, consolidate possibly-surrounding
|
|
|
++ chunks. Then, if the total unused topmost memory exceeds trim
|
|
|
++ threshold, ask malloc_trim to reduce top.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Unless max_fast is 0, we don't know if there are fastbins
|
|
|
++ bordering top, so we cannot tell for sure whether threshold
|
|
|
++ has been reached unless fastbins are consolidated. But we
|
|
|
++ don't want to consolidate on each free. As a compromise,
|
|
|
++ consolidation is performed if FASTBIN_CONSOLIDATION_THRESHOLD
|
|
|
++ is reached.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if ((unsigned long)(size) >= FASTBIN_CONSOLIDATION_THRESHOLD) {
|
|
|
++ if (have_fastchunks(av))
|
|
|
++ malloc_consolidate(av);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM
|
|
|
++ if ((unsigned long)(chunksize(av->top)) >=
|
|
|
++ (unsigned long)(av->trim_threshold))
|
|
|
++ sYSTRIm(av->top_pad, av);
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ If the chunk was allocated via mmap, release via munmap()
|
|
|
++ Note that if HAVE_MMAP is false but chunk_is_mmapped is
|
|
|
++ true, then user must have overwritten memory. There's nothing
|
|
|
++ we can do to catch this error unless DEBUG is set, in which case
|
|
|
++ check_inuse_chunk (above) will have triggered error.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++#if HAVE_MMAP
|
|
|
++ int ret;
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T offset = p->prev_size;
|
|
|
++ av->n_mmaps--;
|
|
|
++ av->mmapped_mem -= (size + offset);
|
|
|
++ ret = munmap((char*)p - offset, size + offset);
|
|
|
++ /* munmap returns non-zero on failure */
|
|
|
++ assert(ret == 0);
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ sysmalloc handles malloc cases requiring more memory from the system.
|
|
|
++ On entry, it is assumed that av->top does not have enough
|
|
|
++ space to service request for nb bytes, thus requiring that av->top
|
|
|
++ be extended or replaced.
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++INLINE
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++static Void_t* sYSMALLOc(INTERNAL_SIZE_T nb, mstate av)
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++static Void_t* sYSMALLOc(nb, av) INTERNAL_SIZE_T nb; mstate av;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr old_top; /* incoming value of av->top */
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T old_size; /* its size */
|
|
|
++ char* old_end; /* its end address */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ long size; /* arg to first MORECORE or mmap call */
|
|
|
++ char* brk; /* return value from MORECORE */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ long correction; /* arg to 2nd MORECORE call */
|
|
|
++ char* snd_brk; /* 2nd return val */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T front_misalign; /* unusable bytes at front of new space */
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T end_misalign; /* partial page left at end of new space */
|
|
|
++ char* aligned_brk; /* aligned offset into brk */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr p; /* the allocated/returned chunk */
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr remainder; /* remainder from allocation */
|
|
|
++ unsigned long remainder_size; /* its size */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ unsigned long sum; /* for updating stats */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ size_t pagemask = av->pagesize - 1;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#if HAVE_MMAP
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ If have mmap, and the request size meets the mmap threshold, and
|
|
|
++ the system supports mmap, and there are few enough currently
|
|
|
++ allocated mmapped regions, try to directly map this request
|
|
|
++ rather than expanding top.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if ((unsigned long)(nb) >= (unsigned long)(av->mmap_threshold) &&
|
|
|
++ (av->n_mmaps < av->n_mmaps_max)) {
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ char* mm; /* return value from mmap call*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Round up size to nearest page. For mmapped chunks, the overhead
|
|
|
++ is one SIZE_SZ unit larger than for normal chunks, because there
|
|
|
++ is no following chunk whose prev_size field could be used.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++ size = (nb + SIZE_SZ + MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK + pagemask) & ~pagemask;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Don't try if size wraps around 0 */
|
|
|
++ if ((unsigned long)(size) > (unsigned long)(nb)) {
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ mm = (char*)(MMAP(0, size, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE));
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (mm != (char*)(MORECORE_FAILURE)) {
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ The offset to the start of the mmapped region is stored
|
|
|
++ in the prev_size field of the chunk. This allows us to adjust
|
|
|
++ returned start address to meet alignment requirements here
|
|
|
++ and in memalign(), and still be able to compute proper
|
|
|
++ address argument for later munmap in free() and realloc().
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ front_misalign = (INTERNAL_SIZE_T)chunk2mem(mm) & MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK;
|
|
|
++ if (front_misalign > 0) {
|
|
|
++ correction = MALLOC_ALIGNMENT - front_misalign;
|
|
|
++ p = (mchunkptr)(mm + correction);
|
|
|
++ p->prev_size = correction;
|
|
|
++ set_head(p, (size - correction) |IS_MMAPPED);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++ p = (mchunkptr)mm;
|
|
|
++ p->prev_size = 0;
|
|
|
++ set_head(p, size|IS_MMAPPED);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* update statistics */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (++av->n_mmaps > av->max_n_mmaps)
|
|
|
++ av->max_n_mmaps = av->n_mmaps;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ sum = av->mmapped_mem += size;
|
|
|
++ if (sum > (unsigned long)(av->max_mmapped_mem))
|
|
|
++ av->max_mmapped_mem = sum;
|
|
|
++ sum += av->sbrked_mem;
|
|
|
++ if (sum > (unsigned long)(av->max_total_mem))
|
|
|
++ av->max_total_mem = sum;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ check_chunk(p);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ return chunk2mem(p);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Record incoming configuration of top */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ old_top = av->top;
|
|
|
++ old_size = chunksize(old_top);
|
|
|
++ old_end = (char*)(chunk_at_offset(old_top, old_size));
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ brk = snd_brk = (char*)(MORECORE_FAILURE);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ If not the first time through, we require old_size to be
|
|
|
++ at least MINSIZE and to have prev_inuse set.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ assert((old_top == initial_top(av) && old_size == 0) ||
|
|
|
++ ((unsigned long) (old_size) >= MINSIZE &&
|
|
|
++ prev_inuse(old_top)));
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Precondition: not enough current space to satisfy nb request */
|
|
|
++ assert((unsigned long)(old_size) < (unsigned long)(nb + MINSIZE));
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Precondition: all fastbins are consolidated */
|
|
|
++ assert(!have_fastchunks(av));
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Request enough space for nb + pad + overhead */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ size = nb + av->top_pad + MINSIZE;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ If contiguous, we can subtract out existing space that we hope to
|
|
|
++ combine with new space. We add it back later only if
|
|
|
++ we don't actually get contiguous space.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (contiguous(av))
|
|
|
++ size -= old_size;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Round to a multiple of page size.
|
|
|
++ If MORECORE is not contiguous, this ensures that we only call it
|
|
|
++ with whole-page arguments. And if MORECORE is contiguous and
|
|
|
++ this is not first time through, this preserves page-alignment of
|
|
|
++ previous calls. Otherwise, we correct to page-align below.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ size = (size + pagemask) & ~pagemask;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Don't try to call MORECORE if argument is so big as to appear
|
|
|
++ negative. Note that since mmap takes size_t arg, it may succeed
|
|
|
++ below even if we cannot call MORECORE.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (size > 0)
|
|
|
++ brk = (char*)(MORECORE(size));
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ If have mmap, try using it as a backup when MORECORE fails or
|
|
|
++ cannot be used. This is worth doing on systems that have "holes" in
|
|
|
++ address space, so sbrk cannot extend to give contiguous space, but
|
|
|
++ space is available elsewhere. Note that we ignore mmap max count
|
|
|
++ and threshold limits, since the space will not be used as a
|
|
|
++ segregated mmap region.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#if HAVE_MMAP
|
|
|
++ if (brk == (char*)(MORECORE_FAILURE)) {
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Cannot merge with old top, so add its size back in */
|
|
|
++ if (contiguous(av))
|
|
|
++ size = (size + old_size + pagemask) & ~pagemask;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* If we are relying on mmap as backup, then use larger units */
|
|
|
++ if ((unsigned long)(size) < (unsigned long)(MMAP_AS_MORECORE_SIZE))
|
|
|
++ size = MMAP_AS_MORECORE_SIZE;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Don't try if size wraps around 0 */
|
|
|
++ if ((unsigned long)(size) > (unsigned long)(nb)) {
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ brk = (char*)(MMAP(0, size, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE));
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (brk != (char*)(MORECORE_FAILURE)) {
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* We do not need, and cannot use, another sbrk call to find end */
|
|
|
++ snd_brk = brk + size;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Record that we no longer have a contiguous sbrk region.
|
|
|
++ After the first time mmap is used as backup, we do not
|
|
|
++ ever rely on contiguous space since this could incorrectly
|
|
|
++ bridge regions.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++ set_noncontiguous(av);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (brk != (char*)(MORECORE_FAILURE)) {
|
|
|
++ av->sbrked_mem += size;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ If MORECORE extends previous space, we can likewise extend top size.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (brk == old_end && snd_brk == (char*)(MORECORE_FAILURE)) {
|
|
|
++ set_head(old_top, (size + old_size) | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Otherwise, make adjustments:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ * If the first time through or noncontiguous, we need to call sbrk
|
|
|
++ just to find out where the end of memory lies.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ * We need to ensure that all returned chunks from malloc will meet
|
|
|
++ MALLOC_ALIGNMENT
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ * If there was an intervening foreign sbrk, we need to adjust sbrk
|
|
|
++ request size to account for fact that we will not be able to
|
|
|
++ combine new space with existing space in old_top.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ * Almost all systems internally allocate whole pages at a time, in
|
|
|
++ which case we might as well use the whole last page of request.
|
|
|
++ So we allocate enough more memory to hit a page boundary now,
|
|
|
++ which in turn causes future contiguous calls to page-align.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++ front_misalign = 0;
|
|
|
++ end_misalign = 0;
|
|
|
++ correction = 0;
|
|
|
++ aligned_brk = brk;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* handle contiguous cases */
|
|
|
++ if (contiguous(av)) {
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Guarantee alignment of first new chunk made from this space */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ front_misalign = (INTERNAL_SIZE_T)chunk2mem(brk) & MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK;
|
|
|
++ if (front_misalign > 0) {
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Skip over some bytes to arrive at an aligned position.
|
|
|
++ We don't need to specially mark these wasted front bytes.
|
|
|
++ They will never be accessed anyway because
|
|
|
++ prev_inuse of av->top (and any chunk created from its start)
|
|
|
++ is always true after initialization.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ correction = MALLOC_ALIGNMENT - front_misalign;
|
|
|
++ aligned_brk += correction;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ If this isn't adjacent to existing space, then we will not
|
|
|
++ be able to merge with old_top space, so must add to 2nd request.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ correction += old_size;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Extend the end address to hit a page boundary */
|
|
|
++ end_misalign = (INTERNAL_SIZE_T)(brk + size + correction);
|
|
|
++ correction += ((end_misalign + pagemask) & ~pagemask) - end_misalign;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ assert(correction >= 0);
|
|
|
++ snd_brk = (char*)(MORECORE(correction));
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ If can't allocate correction, try to at least find out current
|
|
|
++ brk. It might be enough to proceed without failing.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Note that if second sbrk did NOT fail, we assume that space
|
|
|
++ is contiguous with first sbrk. This is a safe assumption unless
|
|
|
++ program is multithreaded but doesn't use locks and a foreign sbrk
|
|
|
++ occurred between our first and second calls.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (snd_brk == (char*)(MORECORE_FAILURE)) {
|
|
|
++ correction = 0;
|
|
|
++ snd_brk = (char*)(MORECORE(0));
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* handle non-contiguous cases */
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++ /* MORECORE/mmap must correctly align */
|
|
|
++ assert(((unsigned long)chunk2mem(brk) & MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK) == 0);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Find out current end of memory */
|
|
|
++ if (snd_brk == (char*)(MORECORE_FAILURE)) {
|
|
|
++ snd_brk = (char*)(MORECORE(0));
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Adjust top based on results of second sbrk */
|
|
|
++ if (snd_brk != (char*)(MORECORE_FAILURE)) {
|
|
|
++ av->top = (mchunkptr)aligned_brk;
|
|
|
++ set_head(av->top, (snd_brk - aligned_brk + correction) | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ av->sbrked_mem += correction;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ If not the first time through, we either have a
|
|
|
++ gap due to foreign sbrk or a non-contiguous region. Insert a
|
|
|
++ double fencepost at old_top to prevent consolidation with space
|
|
|
++ we don't own. These fenceposts are artificial chunks that are
|
|
|
++ marked as inuse and are in any case too small to use. We need
|
|
|
++ two to make sizes and alignments work out.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (old_size != 0) {
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Shrink old_top to insert fenceposts, keeping size a
|
|
|
++ multiple of MALLOC_ALIGNMENT. We know there is at least
|
|
|
++ enough space in old_top to do this.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++ old_size = (old_size - 3*SIZE_SZ) & ~MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK;
|
|
|
++ set_head(old_top, old_size | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Note that the following assignments completely overwrite
|
|
|
++ old_top when old_size was previously MINSIZE. This is
|
|
|
++ intentional. We need the fencepost, even if old_top otherwise gets
|
|
|
++ lost.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++ chunk_at_offset(old_top, old_size )->size =
|
|
|
++ SIZE_SZ|PREV_INUSE;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ chunk_at_offset(old_top, old_size + SIZE_SZ)->size =
|
|
|
++ SIZE_SZ|PREV_INUSE;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* If possible, release the rest. */
|
|
|
++ if (old_size >= MINSIZE) {
|
|
|
++ fREe(chunk2mem(old_top));
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Update statistics */
|
|
|
++ sum = av->sbrked_mem;
|
|
|
++ if (sum > (unsigned long)(av->max_sbrked_mem))
|
|
|
++ av->max_sbrked_mem = sum;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ sum += av->mmapped_mem;
|
|
|
++ if (sum > (unsigned long)(av->max_total_mem))
|
|
|
++ av->max_total_mem = sum;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ check_malloc_state();
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* finally, do the allocation */
|
|
|
++ p = av->top;
|
|
|
++ size = chunksize(p);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* check that one of the above allocation paths succeeded */
|
|
|
++ if ((unsigned long)(size) >= (unsigned long)(nb + MINSIZE)) {
|
|
|
++ remainder_size = size - nb;
|
|
|
++ remainder = chunk_at_offset(p, nb);
|
|
|
++ av->top = remainder;
|
|
|
++ set_head(p, nb | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ set_head(remainder, remainder_size | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ check_malloced_chunk(p, nb);
|
|
|
++ return chunk2mem(p);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* catch all failure paths */
|
|
|
++ MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION;
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ ------------------------------ malloc ------------------------------
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++INLINE
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++Void_t* mALLOc(size_t bytes)
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++ Void_t* mALLOc(bytes) size_t bytes;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ mstate av = get_malloc_state();
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T nb; /* normalized request size */
|
|
|
++ unsigned int idx; /* associated bin index */
|
|
|
++ mbinptr bin; /* associated bin */
|
|
|
++ mfastbinptr* fb; /* associated fastbin */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr victim; /* inspected/selected chunk */
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T size; /* its size */
|
|
|
++ int victim_index; /* its bin index */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr remainder; /* remainder from a split */
|
|
|
++ unsigned long remainder_size; /* its size */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ unsigned int block; /* bit map traverser */
|
|
|
++ unsigned int bit; /* bit map traverser */
|
|
|
++ unsigned int map; /* current word of binmap */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr fwd; /* misc temp for linking */
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr bck; /* misc temp for linking */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Convert request size to internal form by adding SIZE_SZ bytes
|
|
|
++ overhead plus possibly more to obtain necessary alignment and/or
|
|
|
++ to obtain a size of at least MINSIZE, the smallest allocatable
|
|
|
++ size. Also, checked_request2size traps (returning 0) request sizes
|
|
|
++ that are so large that they wrap around zero when padded and
|
|
|
++ aligned.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ checked_request2size(bytes, nb);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ If the size qualifies as a fastbin, first check corresponding bin.
|
|
|
++ This code is safe to execute even if av is not yet initialized, so we
|
|
|
++ can try it without checking, which saves some time on this fast path.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if ((unsigned long)(nb) <= (unsigned long)(av->max_fast)) {
|
|
|
++ fb = &(av->fastbins[(fastbin_index(nb))]);
|
|
|
++ if ( (victim = *fb) != 0) {
|
|
|
++ *fb = victim->fd;
|
|
|
++ check_remalloced_chunk(victim, nb);
|
|
|
++ return chunk2mem(victim);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ If a small request, check regular bin. Since these "smallbins"
|
|
|
++ hold one size each, no searching within bins is necessary.
|
|
|
++ (For a large request, we need to wait until unsorted chunks are
|
|
|
++ processed to find best fit. But for small ones, fits are exact
|
|
|
++ anyway, so we can check now, which is faster.)
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (in_smallbin_range(nb)) {
|
|
|
++ idx = smallbin_index(nb);
|
|
|
++ bin = bin_at(av,idx);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if ( (victim = last(bin)) != bin) {
|
|
|
++ if (victim == 0) /* initialization check */
|
|
|
++ malloc_consolidate(av);
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++ bck = victim->bk;
|
|
|
++ set_inuse_bit_at_offset(victim, nb);
|
|
|
++ bin->bk = bck;
|
|
|
++ bck->fd = bin;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ check_malloced_chunk(victim, nb);
|
|
|
++ return chunk2mem(victim);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ If this is a large request, consolidate fastbins before continuing.
|
|
|
++ While it might look excessive to kill all fastbins before
|
|
|
++ even seeing if there is space available, this avoids
|
|
|
++ fragmentation problems normally associated with fastbins.
|
|
|
++ Also, in practice, programs tend to have runs of either small or
|
|
|
++ large requests, but less often mixtures, so consolidation is not
|
|
|
++ invoked all that often in most programs. And the programs that
|
|
|
++ it is called frequently in otherwise tend to fragment.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++ idx = largebin_index(nb);
|
|
|
++ if (have_fastchunks(av))
|
|
|
++ malloc_consolidate(av);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Process recently freed or remaindered chunks, taking one only if
|
|
|
++ it is exact fit, or, if this a small request, the chunk is remainder from
|
|
|
++ the most recent non-exact fit. Place other traversed chunks in
|
|
|
++ bins. Note that this step is the only place in any routine where
|
|
|
++ chunks are placed in bins.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The outer loop here is needed because we might not realize until
|
|
|
++ near the end of malloc that we should have consolidated, so must
|
|
|
++ do so and retry. This happens at most once, and only when we would
|
|
|
++ otherwise need to expand memory to service a "small" request.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ for(;;) {
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ while ( (victim = unsorted_chunks(av)->bk) != unsorted_chunks(av)) {
|
|
|
++ bck = victim->bk;
|
|
|
++ size = chunksize(victim);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ If a small request, try to use last remainder if it is the
|
|
|
++ only chunk in unsorted bin. This helps promote locality for
|
|
|
++ runs of consecutive small requests. This is the only
|
|
|
++ exception to best-fit, and applies only when there is
|
|
|
++ no exact fit for a small chunk.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (in_smallbin_range(nb) &&
|
|
|
++ bck == unsorted_chunks(av) &&
|
|
|
++ victim == av->last_remainder &&
|
|
|
++ (unsigned long)(size) > (unsigned long)(nb + MINSIZE)) {
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* split and reattach remainder */
|
|
|
++ remainder_size = size - nb;
|
|
|
++ remainder = chunk_at_offset(victim, nb);
|
|
|
++ unsorted_chunks(av)->bk = unsorted_chunks(av)->fd = remainder;
|
|
|
++ av->last_remainder = remainder;
|
|
|
++ remainder->bk = remainder->fd = unsorted_chunks(av);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ set_head(victim, nb | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ set_head(remainder, remainder_size | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ set_foot(remainder, remainder_size);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ check_malloced_chunk(victim, nb);
|
|
|
++ return chunk2mem(victim);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* remove from unsorted list */
|
|
|
++ unsorted_chunks(av)->bk = bck;
|
|
|
++ bck->fd = unsorted_chunks(av);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Take now instead of binning if exact fit */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (size == nb) {
|
|
|
++ set_inuse_bit_at_offset(victim, size);
|
|
|
++ check_malloced_chunk(victim, nb);
|
|
|
++ return chunk2mem(victim);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* place chunk in bin */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (in_smallbin_range(size)) {
|
|
|
++ victim_index = smallbin_index(size);
|
|
|
++ bck = bin_at(av, victim_index);
|
|
|
++ fwd = bck->fd;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++ victim_index = largebin_index(size);
|
|
|
++ bck = bin_at(av, victim_index);
|
|
|
++ fwd = bck->fd;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* maintain large bins in sorted order */
|
|
|
++ if (fwd != bck) {
|
|
|
++ size |= PREV_INUSE; /* Or with inuse bit to speed comparisons */
|
|
|
++ /* if smaller than smallest, bypass loop below */
|
|
|
++ if ((unsigned long)(size) <= (unsigned long)(bck->bk->size)) {
|
|
|
++ fwd = bck;
|
|
|
++ bck = bck->bk;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++ while ((unsigned long)(size) < (unsigned long)(fwd->size))
|
|
|
++ fwd = fwd->fd;
|
|
|
++ bck = fwd->bk;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ mark_bin(av, victim_index);
|
|
|
++ victim->bk = bck;
|
|
|
++ victim->fd = fwd;
|
|
|
++ fwd->bk = victim;
|
|
|
++ bck->fd = victim;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ If a large request, scan through the chunks of current bin in
|
|
|
++ sorted order to find smallest that fits. This is the only step
|
|
|
++ where an unbounded number of chunks might be scanned without doing
|
|
|
++ anything useful with them. However the lists tend to be short.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (!in_smallbin_range(nb)) {
|
|
|
++ bin = bin_at(av, idx);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* skip scan if empty or largest chunk is too small */
|
|
|
++ if ((victim = last(bin)) != bin &&
|
|
|
++ (unsigned long)(first(bin)->size) >= (unsigned long)(nb)) {
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ while (((unsigned long)(size = chunksize(victim)) <
|
|
|
++ (unsigned long)(nb)))
|
|
|
++ victim = victim->bk;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ remainder_size = size - nb;
|
|
|
++ unlink(victim, bck, fwd);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Exhaust */
|
|
|
++ if (remainder_size < MINSIZE) {
|
|
|
++ set_inuse_bit_at_offset(victim, size);
|
|
|
++ check_malloced_chunk(victim, nb);
|
|
|
++ return chunk2mem(victim);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ /* Split */
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++ remainder = chunk_at_offset(victim, nb);
|
|
|
++ unsorted_chunks(av)->bk = unsorted_chunks(av)->fd = remainder;
|
|
|
++ remainder->bk = remainder->fd = unsorted_chunks(av);
|
|
|
++ set_head(victim, nb | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ set_head(remainder, remainder_size | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ set_foot(remainder, remainder_size);
|
|
|
++ check_malloced_chunk(victim, nb);
|
|
|
++ return chunk2mem(victim);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Search for a chunk by scanning bins, starting with next largest
|
|
|
++ bin. This search is strictly by best-fit; i.e., the smallest
|
|
|
++ (with ties going to approximately the least recently used) chunk
|
|
|
++ that fits is selected.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The bitmap avoids needing to check that most blocks are nonempty.
|
|
|
++ The particular case of skipping all bins during warm-up phases
|
|
|
++ when no chunks have been returned yet is faster than it might look.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ ++idx;
|
|
|
++ bin = bin_at(av,idx);
|
|
|
++ block = idx2block(idx);
|
|
|
++ map = av->binmap[block];
|
|
|
++ bit = idx2bit(idx);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ for (;;) {
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Skip rest of block if there are no more set bits in this block. */
|
|
|
++ if (bit > map || bit == 0) {
|
|
|
++ do {
|
|
|
++ if (++block >= BINMAPSIZE) /* out of bins */
|
|
|
++ goto use_top;
|
|
|
++ } while ( (map = av->binmap[block]) == 0);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ bin = bin_at(av, (block << BINMAPSHIFT));
|
|
|
++ bit = 1;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Advance to bin with set bit. There must be one. */
|
|
|
++ while ((bit & map) == 0) {
|
|
|
++ bin = next_bin(bin);
|
|
|
++ bit <<= 1;
|
|
|
++ assert(bit != 0);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Inspect the bin. It is likely to be non-empty */
|
|
|
++ victim = last(bin);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* If a false alarm (empty bin), clear the bit. */
|
|
|
++ if (victim == bin) {
|
|
|
++ av->binmap[block] = map &= ~bit; /* Write through */
|
|
|
++ bin = next_bin(bin);
|
|
|
++ bit <<= 1;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++ size = chunksize(victim);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* We know the first chunk in this bin is big enough to use. */
|
|
|
++ assert((unsigned long)(size) >= (unsigned long)(nb));
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ remainder_size = size - nb;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* unlink */
|
|
|
++ bck = victim->bk;
|
|
|
++ bin->bk = bck;
|
|
|
++ bck->fd = bin;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Exhaust */
|
|
|
++ if (remainder_size < MINSIZE) {
|
|
|
++ set_inuse_bit_at_offset(victim, size);
|
|
|
++ check_malloced_chunk(victim, nb);
|
|
|
++ return chunk2mem(victim);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Split */
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++ remainder = chunk_at_offset(victim, nb);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ unsorted_chunks(av)->bk = unsorted_chunks(av)->fd = remainder;
|
|
|
++ remainder->bk = remainder->fd = unsorted_chunks(av);
|
|
|
++ /* advertise as last remainder */
|
|
|
++ if (in_smallbin_range(nb))
|
|
|
++ av->last_remainder = remainder;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ set_head(victim, nb | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ set_head(remainder, remainder_size | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ set_foot(remainder, remainder_size);
|
|
|
++ check_malloced_chunk(victim, nb);
|
|
|
++ return chunk2mem(victim);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ use_top:
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ If large enough, split off the chunk bordering the end of memory
|
|
|
++ (held in av->top). Note that this is in accord with the best-fit
|
|
|
++ search rule. In effect, av->top is treated as larger (and thus
|
|
|
++ less well fitting) than any other available chunk since it can
|
|
|
++ be extended to be as large as necessary (up to system
|
|
|
++ limitations).
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ We require that av->top always exists (i.e., has size >=
|
|
|
++ MINSIZE) after initialization, so if it would otherwise be
|
|
|
++ exhuasted by current request, it is replenished. (The main
|
|
|
++ reason for ensuring it exists is that we may need MINSIZE space
|
|
|
++ to put in fenceposts in sysmalloc.)
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ victim = av->top;
|
|
|
++ size = chunksize(victim);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if ((unsigned long)(size) >= (unsigned long)(nb + MINSIZE)) {
|
|
|
++ remainder_size = size - nb;
|
|
|
++ remainder = chunk_at_offset(victim, nb);
|
|
|
++ av->top = remainder;
|
|
|
++ set_head(victim, nb | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ set_head(remainder, remainder_size | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ check_malloced_chunk(victim, nb);
|
|
|
++ return chunk2mem(victim);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ If there is space available in fastbins, consolidate and retry,
|
|
|
++ to possibly avoid expanding memory. This can occur only if nb is
|
|
|
++ in smallbin range so we didn't consolidate upon entry.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ else if (have_fastchunks(av)) {
|
|
|
++ assert(in_smallbin_range(nb));
|
|
|
++ malloc_consolidate(av);
|
|
|
++ idx = smallbin_index(nb); /* restore original bin index */
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Otherwise, relay to handle system-dependent cases
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++ else
|
|
|
++ return sYSMALLOc(nb, av);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ ------------------------------ realloc ------------------------------
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++INLINE
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++Void_t* rEALLOc(Void_t* oldmem, size_t bytes)
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++Void_t* rEALLOc(oldmem, bytes) Void_t* oldmem; size_t bytes;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ mstate av = get_malloc_state();
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T nb; /* padded request size */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr oldp; /* chunk corresponding to oldmem */
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T oldsize; /* its size */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr newp; /* chunk to return */
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T newsize; /* its size */
|
|
|
++ Void_t* newmem; /* corresponding user mem */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr next; /* next contiguous chunk after oldp */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr remainder; /* extra space at end of newp */
|
|
|
++ unsigned long remainder_size; /* its size */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr bck; /* misc temp for linking */
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr fwd; /* misc temp for linking */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ unsigned long copysize; /* bytes to copy */
|
|
|
++ unsigned int ncopies; /* INTERNAL_SIZE_T words to copy */
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T* s; /* copy source */
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T* d; /* copy destination */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES
|
|
|
++ if (bytes == 0) {
|
|
|
++ fREe(oldmem);
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* realloc of null is supposed to be same as malloc */
|
|
|
++ if (oldmem == 0) return mALLOc(bytes);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ checked_request2size(bytes, nb);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ oldp = mem2chunk(oldmem);
|
|
|
++ oldsize = chunksize(oldp);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ check_inuse_chunk(oldp);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (!chunk_is_mmapped(oldp)) {
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if ((unsigned long)(oldsize) >= (unsigned long)(nb)) {
|
|
|
++ /* already big enough; split below */
|
|
|
++ newp = oldp;
|
|
|
++ newsize = oldsize;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++ next = chunk_at_offset(oldp, oldsize);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Try to expand forward into top */
|
|
|
++ if (next == av->top &&
|
|
|
++ (unsigned long)(newsize = oldsize + chunksize(next)) >=
|
|
|
++ (unsigned long)(nb + MINSIZE)) {
|
|
|
++ set_head_size(oldp, nb);
|
|
|
++ av->top = chunk_at_offset(oldp, nb);
|
|
|
++ set_head(av->top, (newsize - nb) | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ return chunk2mem(oldp);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Try to expand forward into next chunk; split off remainder below */
|
|
|
++ else if (next != av->top &&
|
|
|
++ !inuse(next) &&
|
|
|
++ (unsigned long)(newsize = oldsize + chunksize(next)) >=
|
|
|
++ (unsigned long)(nb)) {
|
|
|
++ newp = oldp;
|
|
|
++ unlink(next, bck, fwd);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* allocate, copy, free */
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++ newmem = mALLOc(nb - MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK);
|
|
|
++ if (newmem == 0)
|
|
|
++ return 0; /* propagate failure */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ newp = mem2chunk(newmem);
|
|
|
++ newsize = chunksize(newp);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Avoid copy if newp is next chunk after oldp.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++ if (newp == next) {
|
|
|
++ newsize += oldsize;
|
|
|
++ newp = oldp;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Unroll copy of <= 36 bytes (72 if 8byte sizes)
|
|
|
++ We know that contents have an odd number of
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T-sized words; minimally 3.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ copysize = oldsize - SIZE_SZ;
|
|
|
++ s = (INTERNAL_SIZE_T*)(oldmem);
|
|
|
++ d = (INTERNAL_SIZE_T*)(newmem);
|
|
|
++ ncopies = copysize / sizeof(INTERNAL_SIZE_T);
|
|
|
++ assert(ncopies >= 3);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (ncopies > 9)
|
|
|
++ MALLOC_COPY(d, s, copysize);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++ *(d+0) = *(s+0);
|
|
|
++ *(d+1) = *(s+1);
|
|
|
++ *(d+2) = *(s+2);
|
|
|
++ if (ncopies > 4) {
|
|
|
++ *(d+3) = *(s+3);
|
|
|
++ *(d+4) = *(s+4);
|
|
|
++ if (ncopies > 6) {
|
|
|
++ *(d+5) = *(s+5);
|
|
|
++ *(d+6) = *(s+6);
|
|
|
++ if (ncopies > 8) {
|
|
|
++ *(d+7) = *(s+7);
|
|
|
++ *(d+8) = *(s+8);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ fREe(oldmem);
|
|
|
++ check_inuse_chunk(newp);
|
|
|
++ return chunk2mem(newp);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* If possible, free extra space in old or extended chunk */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ assert((unsigned long)(newsize) >= (unsigned long)(nb));
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ remainder_size = newsize - nb;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (remainder_size < MINSIZE) { /* not enough extra to split off */
|
|
|
++ set_head_size(newp, newsize);
|
|
|
++ set_inuse_bit_at_offset(newp, newsize);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ else { /* split remainder */
|
|
|
++ remainder = chunk_at_offset(newp, nb);
|
|
|
++ set_head_size(newp, nb);
|
|
|
++ set_head(remainder, remainder_size | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ /* Mark remainder as inuse so free() won't complain */
|
|
|
++ set_inuse_bit_at_offset(remainder, remainder_size);
|
|
|
++ fREe(chunk2mem(remainder));
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ check_inuse_chunk(newp);
|
|
|
++ return chunk2mem(newp);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Handle mmap cases
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++#if HAVE_MMAP
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#if HAVE_MREMAP
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T offset = oldp->prev_size;
|
|
|
++ size_t pagemask = av->pagesize - 1;
|
|
|
++ char *cp;
|
|
|
++ unsigned long sum;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Note the extra SIZE_SZ overhead */
|
|
|
++ newsize = (nb + offset + SIZE_SZ + pagemask) & ~pagemask;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* don't need to remap if still within same page */
|
|
|
++ if (oldsize == newsize - offset)
|
|
|
++ return oldmem;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ cp = (char*)mremap((char*)oldp - offset, oldsize + offset, newsize, 1);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (cp != (char*)MORECORE_FAILURE) {
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ newp = (mchunkptr)(cp + offset);
|
|
|
++ set_head(newp, (newsize - offset)|IS_MMAPPED);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ assert(aligned_OK(chunk2mem(newp)));
|
|
|
++ assert((newp->prev_size == offset));
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* update statistics */
|
|
|
++ sum = av->mmapped_mem += newsize - oldsize;
|
|
|
++ if (sum > (unsigned long)(av->max_mmapped_mem))
|
|
|
++ av->max_mmapped_mem = sum;
|
|
|
++ sum += av->sbrked_mem;
|
|
|
++ if (sum > (unsigned long)(av->max_total_mem))
|
|
|
++ av->max_total_mem = sum;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ return chunk2mem(newp);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Note the extra SIZE_SZ overhead. */
|
|
|
++ if ((unsigned long)(oldsize) >= (unsigned long)(nb + SIZE_SZ))
|
|
|
++ newmem = oldmem; /* do nothing */
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++ /* Must alloc, copy, free. */
|
|
|
++ newmem = mALLOc(nb - MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK);
|
|
|
++ if (newmem != 0) {
|
|
|
++ MALLOC_COPY(newmem, oldmem, oldsize - 2*SIZE_SZ);
|
|
|
++ fREe(oldmem);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return newmem;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++ /* If !HAVE_MMAP, but chunk_is_mmapped, user must have overwritten mem */
|
|
|
++ check_malloc_state();
|
|
|
++ MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION;
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ ------------------------------ memalign ------------------------------
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++INLINE
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++Void_t* mEMALIGn(size_t alignment, size_t bytes)
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++Void_t* mEMALIGn(alignment, bytes) size_t alignment; size_t bytes;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T nb; /* padded request size */
|
|
|
++ char* m; /* memory returned by malloc call */
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr p; /* corresponding chunk */
|
|
|
++ char* brk; /* alignment point within p */
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr newp; /* chunk to return */
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T newsize; /* its size */
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T leadsize; /* leading space before alignment point */
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr remainder; /* spare room at end to split off */
|
|
|
++ unsigned long remainder_size; /* its size */
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T size;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* If need less alignment than we give anyway, just relay to malloc */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (alignment <= MALLOC_ALIGNMENT) return mALLOc(bytes);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Otherwise, ensure that it is at least a minimum chunk size */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (alignment < MINSIZE) alignment = MINSIZE;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Make sure alignment is power of 2 (in case MINSIZE is not). */
|
|
|
++ if ((alignment & (alignment - 1)) != 0) {
|
|
|
++ size_t a = MALLOC_ALIGNMENT * 2;
|
|
|
++ while ((unsigned long)a < (unsigned long)alignment) a <<= 1;
|
|
|
++ alignment = a;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ checked_request2size(bytes, nb);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Strategy: find a spot within that chunk that meets the alignment
|
|
|
++ request, and then possibly free the leading and trailing space.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Call malloc with worst case padding to hit alignment. */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ m = (char*)(mALLOc(nb + alignment + MINSIZE));
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (m == 0) return 0; /* propagate failure */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ p = mem2chunk(m);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if ((((unsigned long)(m)) % alignment) != 0) { /* misaligned */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Find an aligned spot inside chunk. Since we need to give back
|
|
|
++ leading space in a chunk of at least MINSIZE, if the first
|
|
|
++ calculation places us at a spot with less than MINSIZE leader,
|
|
|
++ we can move to the next aligned spot -- we've allocated enough
|
|
|
++ total room so that this is always possible.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ brk = (char*)mem2chunk(((unsigned long)(m + alignment - 1)) &
|
|
|
++ -((signed long) alignment));
|
|
|
++ if ((unsigned long)(brk - (char*)(p)) < MINSIZE)
|
|
|
++ brk += alignment;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ newp = (mchunkptr)brk;
|
|
|
++ leadsize = brk - (char*)(p);
|
|
|
++ newsize = chunksize(p) - leadsize;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* For mmapped chunks, just adjust offset */
|
|
|
++ if (chunk_is_mmapped(p)) {
|
|
|
++ newp->prev_size = p->prev_size + leadsize;
|
|
|
++ set_head(newp, newsize|IS_MMAPPED);
|
|
|
++ return chunk2mem(newp);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Otherwise, give back leader, use the rest */
|
|
|
++ set_head(newp, newsize | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ set_inuse_bit_at_offset(newp, newsize);
|
|
|
++ set_head_size(p, leadsize);
|
|
|
++ fREe(chunk2mem(p));
|
|
|
++ p = newp;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ assert (newsize >= nb &&
|
|
|
++ (((unsigned long)(chunk2mem(p))) % alignment) == 0);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Also give back spare room at the end */
|
|
|
++ if (!chunk_is_mmapped(p)) {
|
|
|
++ size = chunksize(p);
|
|
|
++ if ((unsigned long)(size) > (unsigned long)(nb + MINSIZE)) {
|
|
|
++ remainder_size = size - nb;
|
|
|
++ remainder = chunk_at_offset(p, nb);
|
|
|
++ set_head(remainder, remainder_size | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ set_head_size(p, nb);
|
|
|
++ fREe(chunk2mem(remainder));
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ check_inuse_chunk(p);
|
|
|
++ return chunk2mem(p);
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ ------------------------------ calloc ------------------------------
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++INLINE
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++Void_t* cALLOc(size_t n_elements, size_t elem_size)
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++Void_t* cALLOc(n_elements, elem_size) size_t n_elements; size_t elem_size;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr p;
|
|
|
++ unsigned long clearsize;
|
|
|
++ unsigned long nclears;
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T* d;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Void_t* mem = mALLOc(n_elements * elem_size);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (mem != 0) {
|
|
|
++ p = mem2chunk(mem);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (!chunk_is_mmapped(p))
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Unroll clear of <= 36 bytes (72 if 8byte sizes)
|
|
|
++ We know that contents have an odd number of
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T-sized words; minimally 3.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ d = (INTERNAL_SIZE_T*)mem;
|
|
|
++ clearsize = chunksize(p) - SIZE_SZ;
|
|
|
++ nclears = clearsize / sizeof(INTERNAL_SIZE_T);
|
|
|
++ assert(nclears >= 3);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (nclears > 9)
|
|
|
++ MALLOC_ZERO(d, clearsize);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++ *(d+0) = 0;
|
|
|
++ *(d+1) = 0;
|
|
|
++ *(d+2) = 0;
|
|
|
++ if (nclears > 4) {
|
|
|
++ *(d+3) = 0;
|
|
|
++ *(d+4) = 0;
|
|
|
++ if (nclears > 6) {
|
|
|
++ *(d+5) = 0;
|
|
|
++ *(d+6) = 0;
|
|
|
++ if (nclears > 8) {
|
|
|
++ *(d+7) = 0;
|
|
|
++ *(d+8) = 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++#if ! MMAP_CLEARS
|
|
|
++ else
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++ d = (INTERNAL_SIZE_T*)mem;
|
|
|
++ clearsize = chunksize(p) - 2 * SIZE_SZ;
|
|
|
++ MALLOC_ZERO(d, clearsize);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return mem;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ ------------------------------ cfree ------------------------------
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++INLINE
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++void cFREe(Void_t *mem)
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++void cFREe(mem) Void_t *mem;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ fREe(mem);
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ ------------------------------ ialloc ------------------------------
|
|
|
++ ialloc provides common support for independent_X routines, handling all of
|
|
|
++ the combinations that can result.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The opts arg has:
|
|
|
++ bit 0 set if all elements are same size (using sizes[0])
|
|
|
++ bit 1 set if elements should be zeroed
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++INLINE
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++static Void_t** iALLOc(size_t n_elements,
|
|
|
++ size_t* sizes,
|
|
|
++ int opts,
|
|
|
++ Void_t* chunks[])
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++static Void_t** iALLOc(n_elements, sizes, opts, chunks) size_t n_elements; size_t* sizes; int opts; Void_t* chunks[];
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ mstate av = get_malloc_state();
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T element_size; /* chunksize of each element, if all same */
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T contents_size; /* total size of elements */
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T array_size; /* request size of pointer array */
|
|
|
++ Void_t* mem; /* malloced aggregate space */
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr p; /* corresponding chunk */
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T remainder_size; /* remaining bytes while splitting */
|
|
|
++ Void_t** marray; /* either "chunks" or malloced ptr array */
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr array_chunk; /* chunk for malloced ptr array */
|
|
|
++ int mmx; /* to disable mmap */
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T size;
|
|
|
++ size_t i;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Ensure initialization/consolidation */
|
|
|
++ if (have_fastchunks(av)) malloc_consolidate(av);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* compute array length, if needed */
|
|
|
++ if (chunks != 0) {
|
|
|
++ if (n_elements == 0)
|
|
|
++ return chunks; /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
++ marray = chunks;
|
|
|
++ array_size = 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ else {
|
|
|
++ /* if empty req, must still return chunk representing empty array */
|
|
|
++ if (n_elements == 0)
|
|
|
++ return (Void_t**) mALLOc(0);
|
|
|
++ marray = 0;
|
|
|
++ array_size = request2size(n_elements * (sizeof(Void_t*)));
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* compute total element size */
|
|
|
++ if (opts & 0x1) { /* all-same-size */
|
|
|
++ element_size = request2size(*sizes);
|
|
|
++ contents_size = n_elements * element_size;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ else { /* add up all the sizes */
|
|
|
++ element_size = 0;
|
|
|
++ contents_size = 0;
|
|
|
++ for (i = 0; i != n_elements; ++i)
|
|
|
++ contents_size += request2size(sizes[i]);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* subtract out alignment bytes from total to minimize overallocation */
|
|
|
++ size = contents_size + array_size - MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /*
|
|
|
++ Allocate the aggregate chunk.
|
|
|
++ But first disable mmap so malloc won't use it, since
|
|
|
++ we would not be able to later free/realloc space internal
|
|
|
++ to a segregated mmap region.
|
|
|
++ */
|
|
|
++ mmx = av->n_mmaps_max; /* disable mmap */
|
|
|
++ av->n_mmaps_max = 0;
|
|
|
++ mem = mALLOc(size);
|
|
|
++ av->n_mmaps_max = mmx; /* reset mmap */
|
|
|
++ if (mem == 0)
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ p = mem2chunk(mem);
|
|
|
++ assert(!chunk_is_mmapped(p));
|
|
|
++ remainder_size = chunksize(p);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (opts & 0x2) { /* optionally clear the elements */
|
|
|
++ MALLOC_ZERO(mem, remainder_size - SIZE_SZ - array_size);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* If not provided, allocate the pointer array as final part of chunk */
|
|
|
++ if (marray == 0) {
|
|
|
++ array_chunk = chunk_at_offset(p, contents_size);
|
|
|
++ marray = (Void_t**) (chunk2mem(array_chunk));
|
|
|
++ set_head(array_chunk, (remainder_size - contents_size) | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ remainder_size = contents_size;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* split out elements */
|
|
|
++ for (i = 0; ; ++i) {
|
|
|
++ marray[i] = chunk2mem(p);
|
|
|
++ if (i != n_elements-1) {
|
|
|
++ if (element_size != 0)
|
|
|
++ size = element_size;
|
|
|
++ else
|
|
|
++ size = request2size(sizes[i]);
|
|
|
++ remainder_size -= size;
|
|
|
++ set_head(p, size | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ p = chunk_at_offset(p, size);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ else { /* the final element absorbs any overallocation slop */
|
|
|
++ set_head(p, remainder_size | PREV_INUSE);
|
|
|
++ break;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
|
++ if (marray != chunks) {
|
|
|
++ /* final element must have exactly exhausted chunk */
|
|
|
++ if (element_size != 0)
|
|
|
++ assert(remainder_size == element_size);
|
|
|
++ else
|
|
|
++ assert(remainder_size == request2size(sizes[i]));
|
|
|
++ check_inuse_chunk(mem2chunk(marray));
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ for (i = 0; i != n_elements; ++i)
|
|
|
++ check_inuse_chunk(mem2chunk(marray[i]));
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ return marray;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ ------------------------- independent_calloc -------------------------
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++INLINE
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++Void_t** iCALLOc(size_t n_elements, size_t elem_size, Void_t* chunks[])
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++Void_t** iCALLOc(n_elements, elem_size, chunks) size_t n_elements; size_t elem_size; Void_t* chunks[];
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ size_t sz = elem_size; /* serves as 1-element array */
|
|
|
++ /* opts arg of 3 means all elements are same size, and should be cleared */
|
|
|
++ return iALLOc(n_elements, &sz, 3, chunks);
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ ------------------------- independent_comalloc -------------------------
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++INLINE
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++Void_t** iCOMALLOc(size_t n_elements, size_t sizes[], Void_t* chunks[])
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++Void_t** iCOMALLOc(n_elements, sizes, chunks) size_t n_elements; size_t sizes[]; Void_t* chunks[];
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ return iALLOc(n_elements, sizes, 0, chunks);
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ ------------------------------ valloc ------------------------------
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++INLINE
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++Void_t* vALLOc(size_t bytes)
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++Void_t* vALLOc(bytes) size_t bytes;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ /* Ensure initialization/consolidation */
|
|
|
++ mstate av = get_malloc_state();
|
|
|
++ if (have_fastchunks(av)) malloc_consolidate(av);
|
|
|
++ return mEMALIGn(av->pagesize, bytes);
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ ------------------------------ pvalloc ------------------------------
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++Void_t* pVALLOc(size_t bytes)
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++Void_t* pVALLOc(bytes) size_t bytes;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ mstate av = get_malloc_state();
|
|
|
++ size_t pagesz;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Ensure initialization/consolidation */
|
|
|
++ if (have_fastchunks(av)) malloc_consolidate(av);
|
|
|
++ pagesz = av->pagesize;
|
|
|
++ return mEMALIGn(pagesz, (bytes + pagesz - 1) & ~(pagesz - 1));
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ ------------------------------ malloc_trim ------------------------------
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++INLINE
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++int mTRIm(size_t pad)
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++int mTRIm(pad) size_t pad;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ mstate av = get_malloc_state();
|
|
|
++ /* Ensure initialization/consolidation */
|
|
|
++ malloc_consolidate(av);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM
|
|
|
++ return sYSTRIm(pad, av);
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ ------------------------- malloc_usable_size -------------------------
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++INLINE
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++size_t mUSABLe(Void_t* mem)
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++size_t mUSABLe(mem) Void_t* mem;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr p;
|
|
|
++ if (mem != 0) {
|
|
|
++ p = mem2chunk(mem);
|
|
|
++ if (chunk_is_mmapped(p))
|
|
|
++ return chunksize(p) - 2*SIZE_SZ;
|
|
|
++ else if (inuse(p))
|
|
|
++ return chunksize(p) - SIZE_SZ;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ ------------------------------ mallinfo ------------------------------
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++struct mallinfo mALLINFo()
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ mstate av = get_malloc_state();
|
|
|
++ struct mallinfo mi;
|
|
|
++ unsigned int i;
|
|
|
++ mbinptr b;
|
|
|
++ mchunkptr p;
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T avail;
|
|
|
++ INTERNAL_SIZE_T fastavail;
|
|
|
++ int nblocks;
|
|
|
++ int nfastblocks;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Ensure initialization */
|
|
|
++ if (av->top == 0) malloc_consolidate(av);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ check_malloc_state();
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Account for top */
|
|
|
++ avail = chunksize(av->top);
|
|
|
++ nblocks = 1; /* top always exists */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* traverse fastbins */
|
|
|
++ nfastblocks = 0;
|
|
|
++ fastavail = 0;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ for (i = 0; i < NFASTBINS; ++i) {
|
|
|
++ for (p = av->fastbins[i]; p != 0; p = p->fd) {
|
|
|
++ ++nfastblocks;
|
|
|
++ fastavail += chunksize(p);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ avail += fastavail;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* traverse regular bins */
|
|
|
++ for (i = 1; i < NBINS; ++i) {
|
|
|
++ b = bin_at(av, i);
|
|
|
++ for (p = last(b); p != b; p = p->bk) {
|
|
|
++ ++nblocks;
|
|
|
++ avail += chunksize(p);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ mi.smblks = nfastblocks;
|
|
|
++ mi.ordblks = nblocks;
|
|
|
++ mi.fordblks = avail;
|
|
|
++ mi.uordblks = av->sbrked_mem - avail;
|
|
|
++ mi.arena = av->sbrked_mem;
|
|
|
++ mi.hblks = av->n_mmaps;
|
|
|
++ mi.hblkhd = av->mmapped_mem;
|
|
|
++ mi.fsmblks = fastavail;
|
|
|
++ mi.keepcost = chunksize(av->top);
|
|
|
++ mi.usmblks = av->max_total_mem;
|
|
|
++ return mi;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ ------------------------------ malloc_stats ------------------------------
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++void mSTATs()
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ struct mallinfo mi = mALLINFo();
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef WIN32
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++ unsigned long free, reserved, committed;
|
|
|
++ vminfo (&free, &reserved, &committed);
|
|
|
++ fprintf(stderr, "free bytes = %10lu\n",
|
|
|
++ free);
|
|
|
++ fprintf(stderr, "reserved bytes = %10lu\n",
|
|
|
++ reserved);
|
|
|
++ fprintf(stderr, "committed bytes = %10lu\n",
|
|
|
++ committed);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ fprintf(stderr, "max system bytes = %10lu\n",
|
|
|
++ (unsigned long)(mi.usmblks));
|
|
|
++ fprintf(stderr, "system bytes = %10lu\n",
|
|
|
++ (unsigned long)(mi.arena + mi.hblkhd));
|
|
|
++ fprintf(stderr, "in use bytes = %10lu\n",
|
|
|
++ (unsigned long)(mi.uordblks + mi.hblkhd));
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef WIN32
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++ unsigned long kernel, user;
|
|
|
++ if (cpuinfo (TRUE, &kernel, &user)) {
|
|
|
++ fprintf(stderr, "kernel ms = %10lu\n",
|
|
|
++ kernel);
|
|
|
++ fprintf(stderr, "user ms = %10lu\n",
|
|
|
++ user);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ ------------------------------ mallopt ------------------------------
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++INLINE
|
|
|
++#if __STD_C
|
|
|
++int mALLOPt(int param_number, int value)
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++int mALLOPt(param_number, value) int param_number; int value;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ mstate av = get_malloc_state();
|
|
|
++ /* Ensure initialization/consolidation */
|
|
|
++ malloc_consolidate(av);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ switch(param_number) {
|
|
|
++ case M_MXFAST:
|
|
|
++ if (value >= 0 && value <= MAX_FAST_SIZE) {
|
|
|
++ set_max_fast(av, value);
|
|
|
++ return 1;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ else
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ case M_TRIM_THRESHOLD:
|
|
|
++ av->trim_threshold = value;
|
|
|
++ return 1;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ case M_TOP_PAD:
|
|
|
++ av->top_pad = value;
|
|
|
++ return 1;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ case M_MMAP_THRESHOLD:
|
|
|
++ av->mmap_threshold = value;
|
|
|
++ return 1;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ case M_MMAP_MAX:
|
|
|
++#if !HAVE_MMAP
|
|
|
++ if (value != 0)
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ av->n_mmaps_max = value;
|
|
|
++ return 1;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ default:
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ -------------------- Alternative MORECORE functions --------------------
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ General Requirements for MORECORE.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ The MORECORE function must have the following properties:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ If MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS is false:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ * MORECORE must allocate in multiples of pagesize. It will
|
|
|
++ only be called with arguments that are multiples of pagesize.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ * MORECORE(0) must return an address that is at least
|
|
|
++ MALLOC_ALIGNMENT aligned. (Page-aligning always suffices.)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ else (i.e. If MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS is true):
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ * Consecutive calls to MORECORE with positive arguments
|
|
|
++ return increasing addresses, indicating that space has been
|
|
|
++ contiguously extended.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ * MORECORE need not allocate in multiples of pagesize.
|
|
|
++ Calls to MORECORE need not have args of multiples of pagesize.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ * MORECORE need not page-align.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ In either case:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ * MORECORE may allocate more memory than requested. (Or even less,
|
|
|
++ but this will generally result in a malloc failure.)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ * MORECORE must not allocate memory when given argument zero, but
|
|
|
++ instead return one past the end address of memory from previous
|
|
|
++ nonzero call. This malloc does NOT call MORECORE(0)
|
|
|
++ until at least one call with positive arguments is made, so
|
|
|
++ the initial value returned is not important.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ * Even though consecutive calls to MORECORE need not return contiguous
|
|
|
++ addresses, it must be OK for malloc'ed chunks to span multiple
|
|
|
++ regions in those cases where they do happen to be contiguous.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ * MORECORE need not handle negative arguments -- it may instead
|
|
|
++ just return MORECORE_FAILURE when given negative arguments.
|
|
|
++ Negative arguments are always multiples of pagesize. MORECORE
|
|
|
++ must not misinterpret negative args as large positive unsigned
|
|
|
++ args. You can suppress all such calls from even occurring by defining
|
|
|
++ MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM,
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ There is some variation across systems about the type of the
|
|
|
++ argument to sbrk/MORECORE. If size_t is unsigned, then it cannot
|
|
|
++ actually be size_t, because sbrk supports negative args, so it is
|
|
|
++ normally the signed type of the same width as size_t (sometimes
|
|
|
++ declared as "intptr_t", and sometimes "ptrdiff_t"). It doesn't much
|
|
|
++ matter though. Internally, we use "long" as arguments, which should
|
|
|
++ work across all reasonable possibilities.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Additionally, if MORECORE ever returns failure for a positive
|
|
|
++ request, and HAVE_MMAP is true, then mmap is used as a noncontiguous
|
|
|
++ system allocator. This is a useful backup strategy for systems with
|
|
|
++ holes in address spaces -- in this case sbrk cannot contiguously
|
|
|
++ expand the heap, but mmap may be able to map noncontiguous space.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ If you'd like mmap to ALWAYS be used, you can define MORECORE to be
|
|
|
++ a function that always returns MORECORE_FAILURE.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ If you are using this malloc with something other than sbrk (or its
|
|
|
++ emulation) to supply memory regions, you probably want to set
|
|
|
++ MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS as false. As an example, here is a custom
|
|
|
++ allocator kindly contributed for pre-OSX macOS. It uses virtually
|
|
|
++ but not necessarily physically contiguous non-paged memory (locked
|
|
|
++ in, present and won't get swapped out). You can use it by
|
|
|
++ uncommenting this section, adding some #includes, and setting up the
|
|
|
++ appropriate defines above:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ #define MORECORE osMoreCore
|
|
|
++ #define MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS 0
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ There is also a shutdown routine that should somehow be called for
|
|
|
++ cleanup upon program exit.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ #define MAX_POOL_ENTRIES 100
|
|
|
++ #define MINIMUM_MORECORE_SIZE (64 * 1024)
|
|
|
++ static int next_os_pool;
|
|
|
++ void *our_os_pools[MAX_POOL_ENTRIES];
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ void *osMoreCore(int size)
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++ void *ptr = 0;
|
|
|
++ static void *sbrk_top = 0;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (size > 0)
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++ if (size < MINIMUM_MORECORE_SIZE)
|
|
|
++ size = MINIMUM_MORECORE_SIZE;
|
|
|
++ if (CurrentExecutionLevel() == kTaskLevel)
|
|
|
++ ptr = PoolAllocateResident(size + RM_PAGE_SIZE, 0);
|
|
|
++ if (ptr == 0)
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++ return (void *) MORECORE_FAILURE;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ // save ptrs so they can be freed during cleanup
|
|
|
++ our_os_pools[next_os_pool] = ptr;
|
|
|
++ next_os_pool++;
|
|
|
++ ptr = (void *) ((((unsigned long) ptr) + RM_PAGE_MASK) & ~RM_PAGE_MASK);
|
|
|
++ sbrk_top = (char *) ptr + size;
|
|
|
++ return ptr;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ else if (size < 0)
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++ // we don't currently support shrink behavior
|
|
|
++ return (void *) MORECORE_FAILURE;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ else
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++ return sbrk_top;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ // cleanup any allocated memory pools
|
|
|
++ // called as last thing before shutting down driver
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ void osCleanupMem(void)
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++ void **ptr;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ for (ptr = our_os_pools; ptr < &our_os_pools[MAX_POOL_ENTRIES]; ptr++)
|
|
|
++ if (*ptr)
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++ PoolDeallocate(*ptr);
|
|
|
++ *ptr = 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/*
|
|
|
++ --------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Emulation of sbrk for win32.
|
|
|
++ Donated by J. Walter <Walter@GeNeSys-e.de>.
|
|
|
++ For additional information about this code, and malloc on Win32, see
|
|
|
++ http://www.genesys-e.de/jwalter/
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef WIN32
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef _DEBUG
|
|
|
++/* #define TRACE */
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Support for USE_MALLOC_LOCK */
|
|
|
++#ifdef USE_MALLOC_LOCK
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Wait for spin lock */
|
|
|
++static int slwait (int *sl) {
|
|
|
++ while (InterlockedCompareExchange ((void **) sl, (void *) 1, (void *) 0) != 0)
|
|
|
++ Sleep (0);
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Release spin lock */
|
|
|
++static int slrelease (int *sl) {
|
|
|
++ InterlockedExchange (sl, 0);
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef NEEDED
|
|
|
++/* Spin lock for emulation code */
|
|
|
++static int g_sl;
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#endif /* USE_MALLOC_LOCK */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* getpagesize for windows */
|
|
|
++static long getpagesize (void) {
|
|
|
++ static long g_pagesize = 0;
|
|
|
++ if (! g_pagesize) {
|
|
|
++ SYSTEM_INFO system_info;
|
|
|
++ GetSystemInfo (&system_info);
|
|
|
++ g_pagesize = system_info.dwPageSize;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return g_pagesize;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++static long getregionsize (void) {
|
|
|
++ static long g_regionsize = 0;
|
|
|
++ if (! g_regionsize) {
|
|
|
++ SYSTEM_INFO system_info;
|
|
|
++ GetSystemInfo (&system_info);
|
|
|
++ g_regionsize = system_info.dwAllocationGranularity;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return g_regionsize;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* A region list entry */
|
|
|
++typedef struct _region_list_entry {
|
|
|
++ void *top_allocated;
|
|
|
++ void *top_committed;
|
|
|
++ void *top_reserved;
|
|
|
++ long reserve_size;
|
|
|
++ struct _region_list_entry *previous;
|
|
|
++} region_list_entry;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* Allocate and link a region entry in the region list */
|
|
|
++static int region_list_append (region_list_entry **last, void *base_reserved, long reserve_size) {
|
|
|
++ region_list_entry *next = HeapAlloc (GetProcessHeap (), 0, sizeof (region_list_entry));
|
|
|
++ if (! next)
|
|
|
++ return FALSE;
|
|
|
++ next->top_allocated = (char *) base_reserved;
|
|
|
++ next->top_committed = (char *) base_reserved;
|
|
|
++ next->top_reserved = (char *) base_reserved + reserve_size;
|
|
|
++ next->reserve_size = reserve_size;
|
|
|
++ next->previous = *last;
|
|
|
++ *last = next;
|
|
|
++ return TRUE;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++/* Free and unlink the last region entry from the region list */
|
|
|
++static int region_list_remove (region_list_entry **last) {
|
|
|
++ region_list_entry *previous = (*last)->previous;
|
|
|
++ if (! HeapFree (GetProcessHeap (), sizeof (region_list_entry), *last))
|
|
|
++ return FALSE;
|
|
|
++ *last = previous;
|
|
|
++ return TRUE;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define CEIL(size,to) (((size)+(to)-1)&~((to)-1))
|
|
|
++#define FLOOR(size,to) ((size)&~((to)-1))
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#define SBRK_SCALE 0
|
|
|
++/* #define SBRK_SCALE 1 */
|
|
|
++/* #define SBRK_SCALE 2 */
|
|
|
++/* #define SBRK_SCALE 4 */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* sbrk for windows */
|
|
|
++static void *sbrk (long size) {
|
|
|
++ static long g_pagesize, g_my_pagesize;
|
|
|
++ static long g_regionsize, g_my_regionsize;
|
|
|
++ static region_list_entry *g_last;
|
|
|
++ void *result = (void *) MORECORE_FAILURE;
|
|
|
++#ifdef TRACE
|
|
|
++ printf ("sbrk %d\n", size);
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++#if defined (USE_MALLOC_LOCK) && defined (NEEDED)
|
|
|
++ /* Wait for spin lock */
|
|
|
++ slwait (&g_sl);
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ /* First time initialization */
|
|
|
++ if (! g_pagesize) {
|
|
|
++ g_pagesize = getpagesize ();
|
|
|
++ g_my_pagesize = g_pagesize << SBRK_SCALE;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ if (! g_regionsize) {
|
|
|
++ g_regionsize = getregionsize ();
|
|
|
++ g_my_regionsize = g_regionsize << SBRK_SCALE;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ if (! g_last) {
|
|
|
++ if (! region_list_append (&g_last, 0, 0))
|
|
|
++ goto sbrk_exit;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ /* Assert invariants */
|
|
|
++ assert (g_last);
|
|
|
++ assert ((char *) g_last->top_reserved - g_last->reserve_size <= (char *) g_last->top_allocated &&
|
|
|
++ g_last->top_allocated <= g_last->top_committed);
|
|
|
++ assert ((char *) g_last->top_reserved - g_last->reserve_size <= (char *) g_last->top_committed &&
|
|
|
++ g_last->top_committed <= g_last->top_reserved &&
|
|
|
++ (unsigned) g_last->top_committed % g_pagesize == 0);
|
|
|
++ assert ((unsigned) g_last->top_reserved % g_regionsize == 0);
|
|
|
++ assert ((unsigned) g_last->reserve_size % g_regionsize == 0);
|
|
|
++ /* Allocation requested? */
|
|
|
++ if (size >= 0) {
|
|
|
++ /* Allocation size is the requested size */
|
|
|
++ long allocate_size = size;
|
|
|
++ /* Compute the size to commit */
|
|
|
++ long to_commit = (char *) g_last->top_allocated + allocate_size - (char *) g_last->top_committed;
|
|
|
++ /* Do we reach the commit limit? */
|
|
|
++ if (to_commit > 0) {
|
|
|
++ /* Round size to commit */
|
|
|
++ long commit_size = CEIL (to_commit, g_my_pagesize);
|
|
|
++ /* Compute the size to reserve */
|
|
|
++ long to_reserve = (char *) g_last->top_committed + commit_size - (char *) g_last->top_reserved;
|
|
|
++ /* Do we reach the reserve limit? */
|
|
|
++ if (to_reserve > 0) {
|
|
|
++ /* Compute the remaining size to commit in the current region */
|
|
|
++ long remaining_commit_size = (char *) g_last->top_reserved - (char *) g_last->top_committed;
|
|
|
++ if (remaining_commit_size > 0) {
|
|
|
++ /* Assert preconditions */
|
|
|
++ assert ((unsigned) g_last->top_committed % g_pagesize == 0);
|
|
|
++ assert (0 < remaining_commit_size && remaining_commit_size % g_pagesize == 0); {
|
|
|
++ /* Commit this */
|
|
|
++ void *base_committed = VirtualAlloc (g_last->top_committed, remaining_commit_size,
|
|
|
++ MEM_COMMIT, PAGE_READWRITE);
|
|
|
++ /* Check returned pointer for consistency */
|
|
|
++ if (base_committed != g_last->top_committed)
|
|
|
++ goto sbrk_exit;
|
|
|
++ /* Assert postconditions */
|
|
|
++ assert ((unsigned) base_committed % g_pagesize == 0);
|
|
|
++#ifdef TRACE
|
|
|
++ printf ("Commit %p %d\n", base_committed, remaining_commit_size);
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ /* Adjust the regions commit top */
|
|
|
++ g_last->top_committed = (char *) base_committed + remaining_commit_size;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ } {
|
|
|
++ /* Now we are going to search and reserve. */
|
|
|
++ int contiguous = -1;
|
|
|
++ int found = FALSE;
|
|
|
++ MEMORY_BASIC_INFORMATION memory_info;
|
|
|
++ void *base_reserved;
|
|
|
++ long reserve_size;
|
|
|
++ do {
|
|
|
++ /* Assume contiguous memory */
|
|
|
++ contiguous = TRUE;
|
|
|
++ /* Round size to reserve */
|
|
|
++ reserve_size = CEIL (to_reserve, g_my_regionsize);
|
|
|
++ /* Start with the current region's top */
|
|
|
++ memory_info.BaseAddress = g_last->top_reserved;
|
|
|
++ /* Assert preconditions */
|
|
|
++ assert ((unsigned) memory_info.BaseAddress % g_pagesize == 0);
|
|
|
++ assert (0 < reserve_size && reserve_size % g_regionsize == 0);
|
|
|
++ while (VirtualQuery (memory_info.BaseAddress, &memory_info, sizeof (memory_info))) {
|
|
|
++ /* Assert postconditions */
|
|
|
++ assert ((unsigned) memory_info.BaseAddress % g_pagesize == 0);
|
|
|
++#ifdef TRACE
|
|
|
++ printf ("Query %p %d %s\n", memory_info.BaseAddress, memory_info.RegionSize,
|
|
|
++ memory_info.State == MEM_FREE ? "FREE":
|
|
|
++ (memory_info.State == MEM_RESERVE ? "RESERVED":
|
|
|
++ (memory_info.State == MEM_COMMIT ? "COMMITTED": "?")));
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ /* Region is free, well aligned and big enough: we are done */
|
|
|
++ if (memory_info.State == MEM_FREE &&
|
|
|
++ (unsigned) memory_info.BaseAddress % g_regionsize == 0 &&
|
|
|
++ memory_info.RegionSize >= (unsigned) reserve_size) {
|
|
|
++ found = TRUE;
|
|
|
++ break;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ /* From now on we can't get contiguous memory! */
|
|
|
++ contiguous = FALSE;
|
|
|
++ /* Recompute size to reserve */
|
|
|
++ reserve_size = CEIL (allocate_size, g_my_regionsize);
|
|
|
++ memory_info.BaseAddress = (char *) memory_info.BaseAddress + memory_info.RegionSize;
|
|
|
++ /* Assert preconditions */
|
|
|
++ assert ((unsigned) memory_info.BaseAddress % g_pagesize == 0);
|
|
|
++ assert (0 < reserve_size && reserve_size % g_regionsize == 0);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ /* Search failed? */
|
|
|
++ if (! found)
|
|
|
++ goto sbrk_exit;
|
|
|
++ /* Assert preconditions */
|
|
|
++ assert ((unsigned) memory_info.BaseAddress % g_regionsize == 0);
|
|
|
++ assert (0 < reserve_size && reserve_size % g_regionsize == 0);
|
|
|
++ /* Try to reserve this */
|
|
|
++ base_reserved = VirtualAlloc (memory_info.BaseAddress, reserve_size,
|
|
|
++ MEM_RESERVE, PAGE_NOACCESS);
|
|
|
++ if (! base_reserved) {
|
|
|
++ int rc = GetLastError ();
|
|
|
++ if (rc != ERROR_INVALID_ADDRESS)
|
|
|
++ goto sbrk_exit;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ /* A null pointer signals (hopefully) a race condition with another thread. */
|
|
|
++ /* In this case, we try again. */
|
|
|
++ } while (! base_reserved);
|
|
|
++ /* Check returned pointer for consistency */
|
|
|
++ if (memory_info.BaseAddress && base_reserved != memory_info.BaseAddress)
|
|
|
++ goto sbrk_exit;
|
|
|
++ /* Assert postconditions */
|
|
|
++ assert ((unsigned) base_reserved % g_regionsize == 0);
|
|
|
++#ifdef TRACE
|
|
|
++ printf ("Reserve %p %d\n", base_reserved, reserve_size);
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ /* Did we get contiguous memory? */
|
|
|
++ if (contiguous) {
|
|
|
++ long start_size = (char *) g_last->top_committed - (char *) g_last->top_allocated;
|
|
|
++ /* Adjust allocation size */
|
|
|
++ allocate_size -= start_size;
|
|
|
++ /* Adjust the regions allocation top */
|
|
|
++ g_last->top_allocated = g_last->top_committed;
|
|
|
++ /* Recompute the size to commit */
|
|
|
++ to_commit = (char *) g_last->top_allocated + allocate_size - (char *) g_last->top_committed;
|
|
|
++ /* Round size to commit */
|
|
|
++ commit_size = CEIL (to_commit, g_my_pagesize);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ /* Append the new region to the list */
|
|
|
++ if (! region_list_append (&g_last, base_reserved, reserve_size))
|
|
|
++ goto sbrk_exit;
|
|
|
++ /* Didn't we get contiguous memory? */
|
|
|
++ if (! contiguous) {
|
|
|
++ /* Recompute the size to commit */
|
|
|
++ to_commit = (char *) g_last->top_allocated + allocate_size - (char *) g_last->top_committed;
|
|
|
++ /* Round size to commit */
|
|
|
++ commit_size = CEIL (to_commit, g_my_pagesize);
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ /* Assert preconditions */
|
|
|
++ assert ((unsigned) g_last->top_committed % g_pagesize == 0);
|
|
|
++ assert (0 < commit_size && commit_size % g_pagesize == 0); {
|
|
|
++ /* Commit this */
|
|
|
++ void *base_committed = VirtualAlloc (g_last->top_committed, commit_size,
|
|
|
++ MEM_COMMIT, PAGE_READWRITE);
|
|
|
++ /* Check returned pointer for consistency */
|
|
|
++ if (base_committed != g_last->top_committed)
|
|
|
++ goto sbrk_exit;
|
|
|
++ /* Assert postconditions */
|
|
|
++ assert ((unsigned) base_committed % g_pagesize == 0);
|
|
|
++#ifdef TRACE
|
|
|
++ printf ("Commit %p %d\n", base_committed, commit_size);
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ /* Adjust the regions commit top */
|
|
|
++ g_last->top_committed = (char *) base_committed + commit_size;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ /* Adjust the regions allocation top */
|
|
|
++ g_last->top_allocated = (char *) g_last->top_allocated + allocate_size;
|
|
|
++ result = (char *) g_last->top_allocated - size;
|
|
|
++ /* Deallocation requested? */
|
|
|
++ } else if (size < 0) {
|
|
|
++ long deallocate_size = - size;
|
|
|
++ /* As long as we have a region to release */
|
|
|
++ while ((char *) g_last->top_allocated - deallocate_size < (char *) g_last->top_reserved - g_last->reserve_size) {
|
|
|
++ /* Get the size to release */
|
|
|
++ long release_size = g_last->reserve_size;
|
|
|
++ /* Get the base address */
|
|
|
++ void *base_reserved = (char *) g_last->top_reserved - release_size;
|
|
|
++ /* Assert preconditions */
|
|
|
++ assert ((unsigned) base_reserved % g_regionsize == 0);
|
|
|
++ assert (0 < release_size && release_size % g_regionsize == 0); {
|
|
|
++ /* Release this */
|
|
|
++ int rc = VirtualFree (base_reserved, 0,
|
|
|
++ MEM_RELEASE);
|
|
|
++ /* Check returned code for consistency */
|
|
|
++ if (! rc)
|
|
|
++ goto sbrk_exit;
|
|
|
++#ifdef TRACE
|
|
|
++ printf ("Release %p %d\n", base_reserved, release_size);
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ /* Adjust deallocation size */
|
|
|
++ deallocate_size -= (char *) g_last->top_allocated - (char *) base_reserved;
|
|
|
++ /* Remove the old region from the list */
|
|
|
++ if (! region_list_remove (&g_last))
|
|
|
++ goto sbrk_exit;
|
|
|
++ } {
|
|
|
++ /* Compute the size to decommit */
|
|
|
++ long to_decommit = (char *) g_last->top_committed - ((char *) g_last->top_allocated - deallocate_size);
|
|
|
++ if (to_decommit >= g_my_pagesize) {
|
|
|
++ /* Compute the size to decommit */
|
|
|
++ long decommit_size = FLOOR (to_decommit, g_my_pagesize);
|
|
|
++ /* Compute the base address */
|
|
|
++ void *base_committed = (char *) g_last->top_committed - decommit_size;
|
|
|
++ /* Assert preconditions */
|
|
|
++ assert ((unsigned) base_committed % g_pagesize == 0);
|
|
|
++ assert (0 < decommit_size && decommit_size % g_pagesize == 0); {
|
|
|
++ /* Decommit this */
|
|
|
++ int rc = VirtualFree ((char *) base_committed, decommit_size,
|
|
|
++ MEM_DECOMMIT);
|
|
|
++ /* Check returned code for consistency */
|
|
|
++ if (! rc)
|
|
|
++ goto sbrk_exit;
|
|
|
++#ifdef TRACE
|
|
|
++ printf ("Decommit %p %d\n", base_committed, decommit_size);
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ /* Adjust deallocation size and regions commit and allocate top */
|
|
|
++ deallocate_size -= (char *) g_last->top_allocated - (char *) base_committed;
|
|
|
++ g_last->top_committed = base_committed;
|
|
|
++ g_last->top_allocated = base_committed;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ /* Adjust regions allocate top */
|
|
|
++ g_last->top_allocated = (char *) g_last->top_allocated - deallocate_size;
|
|
|
++ /* Check for underflow */
|
|
|
++ if ((char *) g_last->top_reserved - g_last->reserve_size > (char *) g_last->top_allocated ||
|
|
|
++ g_last->top_allocated > g_last->top_committed) {
|
|
|
++ /* Adjust regions allocate top */
|
|
|
++ g_last->top_allocated = (char *) g_last->top_reserved - g_last->reserve_size;
|
|
|
++ goto sbrk_exit;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ result = g_last->top_allocated;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ /* Assert invariants */
|
|
|
++ assert (g_last);
|
|
|
++ assert ((char *) g_last->top_reserved - g_last->reserve_size <= (char *) g_last->top_allocated &&
|
|
|
++ g_last->top_allocated <= g_last->top_committed);
|
|
|
++ assert ((char *) g_last->top_reserved - g_last->reserve_size <= (char *) g_last->top_committed &&
|
|
|
++ g_last->top_committed <= g_last->top_reserved &&
|
|
|
++ (unsigned) g_last->top_committed % g_pagesize == 0);
|
|
|
++ assert ((unsigned) g_last->top_reserved % g_regionsize == 0);
|
|
|
++ assert ((unsigned) g_last->reserve_size % g_regionsize == 0);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++sbrk_exit:
|
|
|
++#if defined (USE_MALLOC_LOCK) && defined (NEEDED)
|
|
|
++ /* Release spin lock */
|
|
|
++ slrelease (&g_sl);
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ return result;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* mmap for windows */
|
|
|
++static void *mmap (void *ptr, long size, long prot, long type, long handle, long arg) {
|
|
|
++ static long g_pagesize;
|
|
|
++ static long g_regionsize;
|
|
|
++#ifdef TRACE
|
|
|
++ printf ("mmap %d\n", size);
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++#if defined (USE_MALLOC_LOCK) && defined (NEEDED)
|
|
|
++ /* Wait for spin lock */
|
|
|
++ slwait (&g_sl);
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ /* First time initialization */
|
|
|
++ if (! g_pagesize)
|
|
|
++ g_pagesize = getpagesize ();
|
|
|
++ if (! g_regionsize)
|
|
|
++ g_regionsize = getregionsize ();
|
|
|
++ /* Assert preconditions */
|
|
|
++ assert ((unsigned) ptr % g_regionsize == 0);
|
|
|
++ assert (size % g_pagesize == 0);
|
|
|
++ /* Allocate this */
|
|
|
++ ptr = VirtualAlloc (ptr, size,
|
|
|
++ MEM_RESERVE | MEM_COMMIT | MEM_TOP_DOWN, PAGE_READWRITE);
|
|
|
++ if (! ptr) {
|
|
|
++ ptr = (void *) MORECORE_FAILURE;
|
|
|
++ goto mmap_exit;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ /* Assert postconditions */
|
|
|
++ assert ((unsigned) ptr % g_regionsize == 0);
|
|
|
++#ifdef TRACE
|
|
|
++ printf ("Commit %p %d\n", ptr, size);
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++mmap_exit:
|
|
|
++#if defined (USE_MALLOC_LOCK) && defined (NEEDED)
|
|
|
++ /* Release spin lock */
|
|
|
++ slrelease (&g_sl);
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ return ptr;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* munmap for windows */
|
|
|
++static long munmap (void *ptr, long size) {
|
|
|
++ static long g_pagesize;
|
|
|
++ static long g_regionsize;
|
|
|
++ int rc = MUNMAP_FAILURE;
|
|
|
++#ifdef TRACE
|
|
|
++ printf ("munmap %p %d\n", ptr, size);
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++#if defined (USE_MALLOC_LOCK) && defined (NEEDED)
|
|
|
++ /* Wait for spin lock */
|
|
|
++ slwait (&g_sl);
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ /* First time initialization */
|
|
|
++ if (! g_pagesize)
|
|
|
++ g_pagesize = getpagesize ();
|
|
|
++ if (! g_regionsize)
|
|
|
++ g_regionsize = getregionsize ();
|
|
|
++ /* Assert preconditions */
|
|
|
++ assert ((unsigned) ptr % g_regionsize == 0);
|
|
|
++ assert (size % g_pagesize == 0);
|
|
|
++ /* Free this */
|
|
|
++ if (! VirtualFree (ptr, 0,
|
|
|
++ MEM_RELEASE))
|
|
|
++ goto munmap_exit;
|
|
|
++ rc = 0;
|
|
|
++#ifdef TRACE
|
|
|
++ printf ("Release %p %d\n", ptr, size);
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++munmap_exit:
|
|
|
++#if defined (USE_MALLOC_LOCK) && defined (NEEDED)
|
|
|
++ /* Release spin lock */
|
|
|
++ slrelease (&g_sl);
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ return rc;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++static void vminfo (unsigned long *free, unsigned long *reserved, unsigned long *committed) {
|
|
|
++ MEMORY_BASIC_INFORMATION memory_info;
|
|
|
++ memory_info.BaseAddress = 0;
|
|
|
++ *free = *reserved = *committed = 0;
|
|
|
++ while (VirtualQuery (memory_info.BaseAddress, &memory_info, sizeof (memory_info))) {
|
|
|
++ switch (memory_info.State) {
|
|
|
++ case MEM_FREE:
|
|
|
++ *free += memory_info.RegionSize;
|
|
|
++ break;
|
|
|
++ case MEM_RESERVE:
|
|
|
++ *reserved += memory_info.RegionSize;
|
|
|
++ break;
|
|
|
++ case MEM_COMMIT:
|
|
|
++ *committed += memory_info.RegionSize;
|
|
|
++ break;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ memory_info.BaseAddress = (char *) memory_info.BaseAddress + memory_info.RegionSize;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++static int cpuinfo (int whole, unsigned long *kernel, unsigned long *user) {
|
|
|
++ if (whole) {
|
|
|
++ __int64 creation64, exit64, kernel64, user64;
|
|
|
++ int rc = GetProcessTimes (GetCurrentProcess (),
|
|
|
++ (FILETIME *) &creation64,
|
|
|
++ (FILETIME *) &exit64,
|
|
|
++ (FILETIME *) &kernel64,
|
|
|
++ (FILETIME *) &user64);
|
|
|
++ if (! rc) {
|
|
|
++ *kernel = 0;
|
|
|
++ *user = 0;
|
|
|
++ return FALSE;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ *kernel = (unsigned long) (kernel64 / 10000);
|
|
|
++ *user = (unsigned long) (user64 / 10000);
|
|
|
++ return TRUE;
|
|
|
++ } else {
|
|
|
++ __int64 creation64, exit64, kernel64, user64;
|
|
|
++ int rc = GetThreadTimes (GetCurrentThread (),
|
|
|
++ (FILETIME *) &creation64,
|
|
|
++ (FILETIME *) &exit64,
|
|
|
++ (FILETIME *) &kernel64,
|
|
|
++ (FILETIME *) &user64);
|
|
|
++ if (! rc) {
|
|
|
++ *kernel = 0;
|
|
|
++ *user = 0;
|
|
|
++ return FALSE;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ *kernel = (unsigned long) (kernel64 / 10000);
|
|
|
++ *user = (unsigned long) (user64 / 10000);
|
|
|
++ return TRUE;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#endif /* WIN32 */
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
++History:
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ V2.7.0 Sun Mar 11 14:14:06 2001 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
|
|
|
++ * Introduce independent_comalloc and independent_calloc.
|
|
|
++ Thanks to Michael Pachos for motivation and help.
|
|
|
++ * Make optional .h file available
|
|
|
++ * Allow > 2GB requests on 32bit systems.
|
|
|
++ * new WIN32 sbrk, mmap, munmap, lock code from <Walter@GeNeSys-e.de>.
|
|
|
++ Thanks also to Andreas Mueller <a.mueller at paradatec.de>,
|
|
|
++ and Anonymous.
|
|
|
++ * Allow override of MALLOC_ALIGNMENT (Thanks to Ruud Waij for
|
|
|
++ helping test this.)
|
|
|
++ * memalign: check alignment arg
|
|
|
++ * realloc: don't try to shift chunks backwards, since this
|
|
|
++ leads to more fragmentation in some programs and doesn't
|
|
|
++ seem to help in any others.
|
|
|
++ * Collect all cases in malloc requiring system memory into sYSMALLOc
|
|
|
++ * Use mmap as backup to sbrk
|
|
|
++ * Place all internal state in malloc_state
|
|
|
++ * Introduce fastbins (although similar to 2.5.1)
|
|
|
++ * Many minor tunings and cosmetic improvements
|
|
|
++ * Introduce USE_PUBLIC_MALLOC_WRAPPERS, USE_MALLOC_LOCK
|
|
|
++ * Introduce MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION, MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS
|
|
|
++ Thanks to Tony E. Bennett <tbennett@nvidia.com> and others.
|
|
|
++ * Include errno.h to support default failure action.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ V2.6.6 Sun Dec 5 07:42:19 1999 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
|
|
|
++ * return null for negative arguments
|
|
|
++ * Added Several WIN32 cleanups from Martin C. Fong <mcfong at yahoo.com>
|
|
|
++ * Add 'LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H' for those systems without 'sys/param.h'
|
|
|
++ (e.g. WIN32 platforms)
|
|
|
++ * Cleanup header file inclusion for WIN32 platforms
|
|
|
++ * Cleanup code to avoid Microsoft Visual C++ compiler complaints
|
|
|
++ * Add 'USE_DL_PREFIX' to quickly allow co-existence with existing
|
|
|
++ memory allocation routines
|
|
|
++ * Set 'malloc_getpagesize' for WIN32 platforms (needs more work)
|
|
|
++ * Use 'assert' rather than 'ASSERT' in WIN32 code to conform to
|
|
|
++ usage of 'assert' in non-WIN32 code
|
|
|
++ * Improve WIN32 'sbrk()' emulation's 'findRegion()' routine to
|
|
|
++ avoid infinite loop
|
|
|
++ * Always call 'fREe()' rather than 'free()'
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ V2.6.5 Wed Jun 17 15:57:31 1998 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
|
|
|
++ * Fixed ordering problem with boundary-stamping
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ V2.6.3 Sun May 19 08:17:58 1996 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
|
|
|
++ * Added pvalloc, as recommended by H.J. Liu
|
|
|
++ * Added 64bit pointer support mainly from Wolfram Gloger
|
|
|
++ * Added anonymously donated WIN32 sbrk emulation
|
|
|
++ * Malloc, calloc, getpagesize: add optimizations from Raymond Nijssen
|
|
|
++ * malloc_extend_top: fix mask error that caused wastage after
|
|
|
++ foreign sbrks
|
|
|
++ * Add linux mremap support code from HJ Liu
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ V2.6.2 Tue Dec 5 06:52:55 1995 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
|
|
|
++ * Integrated most documentation with the code.
|
|
|
++ * Add support for mmap, with help from
|
|
|
++ Wolfram Gloger (Gloger@lrz.uni-muenchen.de).
|
|
|
++ * Use last_remainder in more cases.
|
|
|
++ * Pack bins using idea from colin@nyx10.cs.du.edu
|
|
|
++ * Use ordered bins instead of best-fit threshold
|
|
|
++ * Eliminate block-local decls to simplify tracing and debugging.
|
|
|
++ * Support another case of realloc via move into top
|
|
|
++ * Fix error occurring when initial sbrk_base not word-aligned.
|
|
|
++ * Rely on page size for units instead of SBRK_UNIT to
|
|
|
++ avoid surprises about sbrk alignment conventions.
|
|
|
++ * Add mallinfo, mallopt. Thanks to Raymond Nijssen
|
|
|
++ (raymond@es.ele.tue.nl) for the suggestion.
|
|
|
++ * Add `pad' argument to malloc_trim and top_pad mallopt parameter.
|
|
|
++ * More precautions for cases where other routines call sbrk,
|
|
|
++ courtesy of Wolfram Gloger (Gloger@lrz.uni-muenchen.de).
|
|
|
++ * Added macros etc., allowing use in linux libc from
|
|
|
++ H.J. Lu (hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu)
|
|
|
++ * Inverted this history list
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ V2.6.1 Sat Dec 2 14:10:57 1995 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
|
|
|
++ * Re-tuned and fixed to behave more nicely with V2.6.0 changes.
|
|
|
++ * Removed all preallocation code since under current scheme
|
|
|
++ the work required to undo bad preallocations exceeds
|
|
|
++ the work saved in good cases for most test programs.
|
|
|
++ * No longer use return list or unconsolidated bins since
|
|
|
++ no scheme using them consistently outperforms those that don't
|
|
|
++ given above changes.
|
|
|
++ * Use best fit for very large chunks to prevent some worst-cases.
|
|
|
++ * Added some support for debugging
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ V2.6.0 Sat Nov 4 07:05:23 1995 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
|
|
|
++ * Removed footers when chunks are in use. Thanks to
|
|
|
++ Paul Wilson (wilson@cs.texas.edu) for the suggestion.
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ V2.5.4 Wed Nov 1 07:54:51 1995 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
|
|
|
++ * Added malloc_trim, with help from Wolfram Gloger
|
|
|
++ (wmglo@Dent.MED.Uni-Muenchen.DE).
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ V2.5.3 Tue Apr 26 10:16:01 1994 Doug Lea (dl at g)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ V2.5.2 Tue Apr 5 16:20:40 1994 Doug Lea (dl at g)
|
|
|
++ * realloc: try to expand in both directions
|
|
|
++ * malloc: swap order of clean-bin strategy;
|
|
|
++ * realloc: only conditionally expand backwards
|
|
|
++ * Try not to scavenge used bins
|
|
|
++ * Use bin counts as a guide to preallocation
|
|
|
++ * Occasionally bin return list chunks in first scan
|
|
|
++ * Add a few optimizations from colin@nyx10.cs.du.edu
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ V2.5.1 Sat Aug 14 15:40:43 1993 Doug Lea (dl at g)
|
|
|
++ * faster bin computation & slightly different binning
|
|
|
++ * merged all consolidations to one part of malloc proper
|
|
|
++ (eliminating old malloc_find_space & malloc_clean_bin)
|
|
|
++ * Scan 2 returns chunks (not just 1)
|
|
|
++ * Propagate failure in realloc if malloc returns 0
|
|
|
++ * Add stuff to allow compilation on non-ANSI compilers
|
|
|
++ from kpv@research.att.com
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ V2.5 Sat Aug 7 07:41:59 1993 Doug Lea (dl at g.oswego.edu)
|
|
|
++ * removed potential for odd address access in prev_chunk
|
|
|
++ * removed dependency on getpagesize.h
|
|
|
++ * misc cosmetics and a bit more internal documentation
|
|
|
++ * anticosmetics: mangled names in macros to evade debugger strangeness
|
|
|
++ * tested on sparc, hp-700, dec-mips, rs6000
|
|
|
++ with gcc & native cc (hp, dec only) allowing
|
|
|
++ Detlefs & Zorn comparison study (in SIGPLAN Notices.)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ Trial version Fri Aug 28 13:14:29 1992 Doug Lea (dl at g.oswego.edu)
|
|
|
++ * Based loosely on libg++-1.2X malloc. (It retains some of the overall
|
|
|
++ structure of old version, but most details differ.)
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++*/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef USE_PUBLIC_MALLOC_WRAPPERS
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifdef KDE_MALLOC_GLIBC
|
|
|
++#include "glibc.h"
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++/* cannot use dlsym(RTLD_NEXT,...) here, it calls malloc()*/
|
|
|
++#error Unknown libc
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++/* 0 - uninitialized
|
|
|
++ 1 - this malloc
|
|
|
++ 2 - standard libc malloc*/
|
|
|
++extern char* getenv(const char*);
|
|
|
++static int malloc_type = 0;
|
|
|
++static void init_malloc_type(void)
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++ const char* const env = getenv( "KDE_MALLOC" );
|
|
|
++ if( env == NULL )
|
|
|
++ malloc_type = 1;
|
|
|
++ else if( env[ 0 ] == '0' || env[ 0 ] == 'n' || env[ 0 ] == 'N' )
|
|
|
++ malloc_type = 2;
|
|
|
++ else
|
|
|
++ malloc_type = 1;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_mALLOc(size_t bytes) {
|
|
|
++#ifndef KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++ if( malloc_type == 1 )
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ Void_t* m;
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ m = mALLOc(bytes);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return m;
|
|
|
++#ifndef KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ if( malloc_type == 2 )
|
|
|
++ return libc_malloc( bytes );
|
|
|
++ init_malloc_type();
|
|
|
++ return public_mALLOc( bytes );
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++void public_fREe(Void_t* m) {
|
|
|
++#ifndef KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++ if( malloc_type == 1 )
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ fREe(m);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++#ifndef KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++ return;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ if( malloc_type == 2 )
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++ libc_free( m );
|
|
|
++ return;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ init_malloc_type();
|
|
|
++ public_fREe( m );
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_rEALLOc(Void_t* m, size_t bytes) {
|
|
|
++#ifndef KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++ if( malloc_type == 1 )
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ m = rEALLOc(m, bytes);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return m;
|
|
|
++#ifndef KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ if( malloc_type == 2 )
|
|
|
++ return libc_realloc( m, bytes );
|
|
|
++ init_malloc_type();
|
|
|
++ return public_rEALLOc( m, bytes );
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_mEMALIGn(size_t alignment, size_t bytes) {
|
|
|
++#ifndef KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++ if( malloc_type == 1 )
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ Void_t* m;
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ m = mEMALIGn(alignment, bytes);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return m;
|
|
|
++#ifndef KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ if( malloc_type == 2 )
|
|
|
++ return libc_memalign( alignment, bytes );
|
|
|
++ init_malloc_type();
|
|
|
++ return public_mEMALIGn( alignment, bytes );
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_vALLOc(size_t bytes) {
|
|
|
++#ifndef KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++ if( malloc_type == 1 )
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ Void_t* m;
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ m = vALLOc(bytes);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return m;
|
|
|
++#ifndef KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ if( malloc_type == 2 )
|
|
|
++ return libc_valloc( bytes );
|
|
|
++ init_malloc_type();
|
|
|
++ return public_vALLOc( bytes );
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_pVALLOc(size_t bytes) {
|
|
|
++#ifndef KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++ if( malloc_type == 1 )
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ Void_t* m;
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ m = pVALLOc(bytes);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return m;
|
|
|
++#ifndef KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ if( malloc_type == 2 )
|
|
|
++ return libc_pvalloc( bytes );
|
|
|
++ init_malloc_type();
|
|
|
++ return public_pVALLOc( bytes );
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++Void_t* public_cALLOc(size_t n, size_t elem_size) {
|
|
|
++#ifndef KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++ if( malloc_type == 1 )
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ Void_t* m;
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ m = cALLOc(n, elem_size);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return m;
|
|
|
++#ifndef KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ if( malloc_type == 2 )
|
|
|
++ return libc_calloc( n, elem_size );
|
|
|
++ init_malloc_type();
|
|
|
++ return public_cALLOc( n, elem_size );
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++void public_cFREe(Void_t* m) {
|
|
|
++#ifndef KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++ if( malloc_type == 1 )
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ cFREe(m);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++#ifndef KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++ return;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ if( malloc_type == 2 )
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++ libc_cfree( m );
|
|
|
++ return;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ init_malloc_type();
|
|
|
++ public_cFREe( m );
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++struct mallinfo public_mALLINFo() {
|
|
|
++#ifndef KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++ if( malloc_type == 1 )
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ struct mallinfo m;
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ struct mallinfo nm = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
|
|
|
++ return nm;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ m = mALLINFo();
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return m;
|
|
|
++#ifndef KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ if( malloc_type == 2 )
|
|
|
++ return libc_mallinfo();
|
|
|
++ init_malloc_type();
|
|
|
++ return public_mALLINFo();
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++int public_mALLOPt(int p, int v) {
|
|
|
++#ifndef KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++ if( malloc_type == 1 )
|
|
|
++ {
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++ int result;
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_PREACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ result = mALLOPt(p, v);
|
|
|
++ if (MALLOC_POSTACTION != 0) {
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ return result;
|
|
|
++#ifndef KDE_MALLOC_FULL
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ if( malloc_type == 2 )
|
|
|
++ return libc_mallopt( p, v );
|
|
|
++ init_malloc_type();
|
|
|
++ return public_mALLOPt( p, v );
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++int
|
|
|
++posix_memalign (void **memptr, size_t alignment, size_t size)
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ void *mem;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ /* Test whether the SIZE argument is valid. It must be a power of
|
|
|
++ two multiple of sizeof (void *). */
|
|
|
++ if (size % sizeof (void *) != 0 || (size & (size - 1)) != 0)
|
|
|
++ return EINVAL;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ mem = memalign (alignment, size);
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ if (mem != NULL) {
|
|
|
++ *memptr = mem;
|
|
|
++ return 0;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++ return ENOMEM;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#else
|
|
|
++/* Some linkers (Solaris 2.6) don't like empty archives, but for
|
|
|
++ easier Makefile's we want to link against libklmalloc.la every time,
|
|
|
++ so simply make it non-empty. */
|
|
|
++void kde_malloc_dummy_function ()
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ return;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++#endif
|
|
|
+diff -Nupr a/src/corelib/arch/avr32/qatomic.cpp b/src/corelib/arch/avr32/qatomic.cpp
|
|
|
+--- a/src/corelib/arch/avr32/qatomic.cpp 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
|
|
|
++++ b/src/corelib/arch/avr32/qatomic.cpp 2006-07-26 11:02:43.000000000 +0200
|
|
|
+@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
|
|
|
++/****************************************************************************
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** Copyright (C) 1992-2006 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** Licensees holding valid Qt Preview licenses may use this file in
|
|
|
++** accordance with the Qt Preview License Agreement provided with the
|
|
|
++** Software.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
|
|
|
++** information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
|
|
|
++** not clear to you.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
|
|
|
++** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#include "QtCore/qatomic_avr32.h"
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++Q_CORE_EXPORT long q_atomic_lock = 0;
|
|
|
+diff -Nupr a/src/corelib/arch/qatomic_arch.h b/src/corelib/arch/qatomic_arch.h
|
|
|
+--- a/src/corelib/arch/qatomic_arch.h 2006-06-30 09:49:44.000000000 +0200
|
|
|
++++ b/src/corelib/arch/qatomic_arch.h 2006-07-27 12:42:58.000000000 +0200
|
|
|
+@@ -32,6 +32,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
|
|
+ # include "QtCore/qatomic_alpha.h"
|
|
|
+ #elif defined(QT_ARCH_ARM)
|
|
|
+ # include "QtCore/qatomic_arm.h"
|
|
|
++#elif defined(QT_ARCH_AVR32)
|
|
|
++# include "QtCore/qatomic_avr32.h"
|
|
|
+ #elif defined(QT_ARCH_BOUNDSCHECKER)
|
|
|
+ # include "QtCore/qatomic_boundschecker.h"
|
|
|
+ #elif defined(QT_ARCH_GENERIC)
|
|
|
+diff -Nupr a/src/corelib/arch/qatomic_avr32.h b/src/corelib/arch/qatomic_avr32.h
|
|
|
+--- a/src/corelib/arch/qatomic_avr32.h 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
|
|
|
++++ b/src/corelib/arch/qatomic_avr32.h 2006-07-28 10:30:08.000000000 +0200
|
|
|
+@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
|
|
|
++/****************************************************************************
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** Copyright (C) 1992-2006 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** Licensees holding valid Qt Preview licenses may use this file in
|
|
|
++** accordance with the Qt Preview License Agreement provided with the
|
|
|
++** Software.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
|
|
|
++** information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
|
|
|
++** not clear to you.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
|
|
|
++** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#ifndef AVR32_QATOMIC_H
|
|
|
++#define AVR32_QATOMIC_H
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#include <QtCore/qglobal.h>
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++QT_BEGIN_HEADER
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++extern Q_CORE_EXPORT long q_atomic_lock;
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++inline long q_atomic_swp(volatile long *ptr, long newval)
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ register int ret;
|
|
|
++ asm volatile("xchg %0,%1,%2"
|
|
|
++ : "=&r"(ret)
|
|
|
++ : "r"(ptr), "r"(newval)
|
|
|
++ : "memory", "cc");
|
|
|
++ return ret;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++inline int q_atomic_test_and_set_int(volatile int *ptr, int expected, int newval)
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ int ret = 0;
|
|
|
++ while (q_atomic_swp(&q_atomic_lock, ~0) != 0);
|
|
|
++ if (*ptr == expected) {
|
|
|
++ *ptr = newval;
|
|
|
++ ret = 1;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ q_atomic_swp(&q_atomic_lock, 0);
|
|
|
++ return ret;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++inline int q_atomic_test_and_set_acquire_int(volatile int *ptr, int expected, int newval)
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ return q_atomic_test_and_set_int(ptr, expected, newval);
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++inline int q_atomic_test_and_set_release_int(volatile int *ptr, int expected, int newval)
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ return q_atomic_test_and_set_int(ptr, expected, newval);
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++inline int q_atomic_test_and_set_ptr(volatile void *ptr, void *expected, void *newval)
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ int ret = 0;
|
|
|
++ while (q_atomic_swp(&q_atomic_lock, ~0) != 0) ;
|
|
|
++ if (*reinterpret_cast<void * volatile *>(ptr) == expected) {
|
|
|
++ *reinterpret_cast<void * volatile *>(ptr) = newval;
|
|
|
++ ret = 1;
|
|
|
++ }
|
|
|
++ q_atomic_swp(&q_atomic_lock, 0);
|
|
|
++ return ret;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++inline int q_atomic_increment(volatile int *ptr)
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ while (q_atomic_swp(&q_atomic_lock, ~0) != 0) ;
|
|
|
++ int originalValue = *ptr;
|
|
|
++ *ptr = originalValue + 1;
|
|
|
++ q_atomic_swp(&q_atomic_lock, 0);
|
|
|
++ return originalValue != -1;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++inline int q_atomic_decrement(volatile int *ptr)
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ while (q_atomic_swp(&q_atomic_lock, ~0) != 0) ;
|
|
|
++ int originalValue = *ptr;
|
|
|
++ *ptr = originalValue - 1;
|
|
|
++ q_atomic_swp(&q_atomic_lock, 0);
|
|
|
++ return originalValue != 1;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++inline int q_atomic_set_int(volatile int *ptr, int newval)
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ while (q_atomic_swp(&q_atomic_lock, ~0) != 0) ;
|
|
|
++ int originalValue = *ptr;
|
|
|
++ *ptr = newval;
|
|
|
++ q_atomic_swp(&q_atomic_lock, 0);
|
|
|
++ return originalValue;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++inline void *q_atomic_set_ptr(volatile void *ptr, void *newval)
|
|
|
++{
|
|
|
++ while (q_atomic_swp(&q_atomic_lock, ~0) != 0) ;
|
|
|
++ void *originalValue = *reinterpret_cast<void * volatile *>(ptr);
|
|
|
++ *reinterpret_cast<void * volatile *>(ptr) = newval;
|
|
|
++ q_atomic_swp(&q_atomic_lock, 0);
|
|
|
++ return originalValue;
|
|
|
++}
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++QT_END_HEADER
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#endif // AVR32_QATOMIC_H
|
|
|
+diff -Nupr a/src/corelib/io/qfilesystemwatcher_inotify.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qfilesystemwatcher_inotify.cpp
|
|
|
+--- a/src/corelib/io/qfilesystemwatcher_inotify.cpp 2006-06-30 09:49:45.000000000 +0200
|
|
|
++++ b/src/corelib/io/qfilesystemwatcher_inotify.cpp 2006-07-27 13:24:27.000000000 +0200
|
|
|
+@@ -72,6 +72,10 @@
|
|
|
+ # define __NR_inotify_init 316
|
|
|
+ # define __NR_inotify_add_watch 317
|
|
|
+ # define __NR_inotify_rm_watch 318
|
|
|
++#elif defined (__avr32__)
|
|
|
++# define __NR_inotify_init 240
|
|
|
++# define __NR_inotify_add_watch 241
|
|
|
++# define __NR_inotify_rm_watch 242
|
|
|
+ #elif defined (__SH4__)
|
|
|
+ # define __NR_inotify_init 290
|
|
|
+ # define __NR_inotify_add_watch 291
|
|
|
+diff -uprN a/mkspecs/qws/linux-avr32-g++/qmake.conf b/mkspecs/qws/linux-avr32-g++/qmake.conf
|
|
|
+--- a/mkspecs/qws/linux-avr32-g++/qmake.conf 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
|
|
|
++++ b/mkspecs/qws/linux-avr32-g++/qmake.conf 2006-08-01 08:47:12.000000000 +0200
|
|
|
+@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
|
|
|
++#
|
|
|
++# qmake configuration for linux-g++ using the avr32-linux-g++ crosscompiler
|
|
|
++#
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++MAKEFILE_GENERATOR = UNIX
|
|
|
++TEMPLATE = app
|
|
|
++CONFIG += qt warn_on release link_prl
|
|
|
++QT += core gui network
|
|
|
++QMAKE_INCREMENTAL_STYLE = sublib
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++QMAKE_CC = avr32-linux-gcc
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LEX = flex
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LEXFLAGS =
|
|
|
++QMAKE_YACC = yacc
|
|
|
++QMAKE_YACCFLAGS = -d
|
|
|
++QMAKE_CFLAGS = -pipe
|
|
|
++QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON = -Wall -W
|
|
|
++QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF =
|
|
|
++QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE = -O2
|
|
|
++QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG = -g -O2
|
|
|
++QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB = -fPIC
|
|
|
++QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC = -Wno-unused -Wno-parentheses
|
|
|
++QMAKE_CFLAGS_THREAD = -D_REENTRANT
|
|
|
++QMAKE_CFLAGS_HIDESYMS = -fvisibility=hidden
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++QMAKE_CXX = avr32-linux-g++
|
|
|
++QMAKE_CXXFLAGS = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS -fno-exceptions
|
|
|
++QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_ON = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON
|
|
|
++QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_OFF = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF
|
|
|
++QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RELEASE = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE
|
|
|
++QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEBUG = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG
|
|
|
++QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_SHLIB = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
|
|
|
++QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_YACC = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC
|
|
|
++QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_THREAD = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_THREAD
|
|
|
++QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_HIDESYMS = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_HIDESYMS -fvisibility-inlines-hidden
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++QMAKE_INCDIR =
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LIBDIR =
|
|
|
++QMAKE_INCDIR_X11 =
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LIBDIR_X11 =
|
|
|
++QMAKE_INCDIR_QT = $$[QT_INSTALL_HEADERS]
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LIBDIR_QT = $$[QT_INSTALL_LIBS]
|
|
|
++QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL =
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL =
|
|
|
++QMAKE_INCDIR_QTOPIA = $(QPEDIR)/include
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LIBDIR_QTOPIA = $(QPEDIR)/lib
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LINK = avr32-linux-g++
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LINK_SHLIB = avr32-linux-g++
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LFLAGS =
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LFLAGS_RELEASE =
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LFLAGS_DEBUG =
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB = -shared
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LFLAGS_PLUGIN = $$QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LFLAGS_SONAME = -Wl,-soname,
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LFLAGS_THREAD =
|
|
|
++QMAKE_RPATH = -Wl,-rpath,
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LIBS =
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LIBS_DYNLOAD = -ldl
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LIBS_X11 =
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LIBS_X11SM =
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LIBS_QT = -lqte
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LIBS_QT_THREAD = -lqte-mt
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LIBS_QT_OPENGL = -lqgl
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LIBS_QTOPIA = -lqpe -lqtopia
|
|
|
++QMAKE_LIBS_THREAD = -lpthread
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++QMAKE_MOC = $$[QT_INSTALL_BINS]/moc
|
|
|
++QMAKE_UIC = $$[QT_INSTALL_BINS]/uic
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++QMAKE_AR = avr32-linux-ar cqs
|
|
|
++QMAKE_RANLIB = avr32-linux-ranlib
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++QMAKE_TAR = tar -cf
|
|
|
++QMAKE_GZIP = gzip -9f
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++QMAKE_COPY = cp -f
|
|
|
++QMAKE_MOVE = mv -f
|
|
|
++QMAKE_DEL_FILE = rm -f
|
|
|
++QMAKE_DEL_DIR = rmdir
|
|
|
++QMAKE_STRIP = avr32-linux-strip
|
|
|
++QMAKE_CHK_DIR_EXISTS = test -d
|
|
|
++QMAKE_MKDIR = mkdir -p
|
|
|
++load(qt_config)
|
|
|
+diff -uprN a/mkspecs/qws/linux-avr32-g++/qplatformdefs.h b/mkspecs/qws/linux-avr32-g++/qplatformdefs.h
|
|
|
+--- a/mkspecs/qws/linux-avr32-g++/qplatformdefs.h 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
|
|
|
++++ b/mkspecs/qws/linux-avr32-g++/qplatformdefs.h 2006-07-26 09:16:52.000000000 +0200
|
|
|
+@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
|
|
++/****************************************************************************
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** Copyright (C) 1992-2006 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** This file is part of the qmake spec of the Qt Toolkit.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** Licensees holding valid Qt Preview licenses may use this file in
|
|
|
++** accordance with the Qt Preview License Agreement provided with the
|
|
|
++** Software.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
|
|
|
++** information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
|
|
|
++** not clear to you.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
|
|
|
++** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
|
|
++**
|
|
|
++****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
++
|
|
|
++#include "../../linux-g++/qplatformdefs.h"
|